]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* tests/glr-regression.at (Leaked semantic values when reporting
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
150 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
151 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
152
153 Examples
154
155 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
156 a first example with no operator precedence.
157 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
158 Operator precedence is introduced.
159 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
160 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
161 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
162 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
163 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
164
165 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
166
167 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
168 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
169 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
170 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
171 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
172 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
173 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
174
175 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
176
177 * Rpcalc Input::
178 * Rpcalc Line::
179 * Rpcalc Expr::
180
181 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
182
183 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
184 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
185 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
186
187 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
188
189 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
190 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
191 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
192
193 Bison Grammar Files
194
195 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
196 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
197 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
198 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
199 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
200 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
201 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
202 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
203
204 Outline of a Bison Grammar
205
206 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
207 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
208 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
209 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
210
211 Defining Language Semantics
212
213 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
214 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
215 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
216 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
217 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
218 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
219 action in the middle of a rule.
220
221 Tracking Locations
222
223 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
224 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
225 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
226
227 Bison Declarations
228
229 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
230 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
231 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
232 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
233 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
234 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
235 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
236 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
237 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
238 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
239 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
240
241 Parser C-Language Interface
242
243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
245 which reads tokens.
246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
249 native language.
250
251 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
252
253 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
254 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
255 of the token it has read.
256 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
257 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
258 actions want that.
259 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
260 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
261
262 The Bison Parser Algorithm
263
264 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
265 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
266 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
267 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
268 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
269 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
270 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
271 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
272 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
273
274 Operator Precedence
275
276 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
277 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
278 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
279 * How Precedence:: How they work.
280
281 Handling Context Dependencies
282
283 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
284 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
285 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
286 error recovery rules must be written.
287
288 Debugging Your Parser
289
290 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
291 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
292
293 Invoking Bison
294
295 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
296 in alphabetical order by short options.
297 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
298 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
299
300 C++ Language Interface
301
302 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
303 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
304
305 C++ Parsers
306
307 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
308 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
309 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
310 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
311 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
312
313 A Complete C++ Example
314
315 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
316 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
317 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
318 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
319 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
320
321 Frequently Asked Questions
322
323 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
324 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
325 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
326 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
327
328 Copying This Manual
329
330 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
331
332 @end detailmenu
333 @end menu
334
335 @node Introduction
336 @unnumbered Introduction
337 @cindex introduction
338
339 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
340 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
341 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
342 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
343 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
344
345 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
346 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
347 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
348 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
349
350 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
351 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
352 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
353 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
354
355 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
356 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
357 multi-character string literals and other features.
358
359 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
360
361 @node Conditions
362 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
363
364 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
365 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
366 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
367 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
368
369 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
370 compiler, have never
371 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
372 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
373 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
374 License to all of the Bison source code.
375
376 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
377 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
378 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
379 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
380 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
381 @code{yyparse},
382 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
383
384 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
385 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
386 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
387 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
388 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
389 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
390
391 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
392 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
393 as usual. You can
394 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
395 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
396 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
397 that output file without restriction.''
398
399 @include gpl.texi
400
401 @node Concepts
402 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
403
404 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
405 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
406 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
407
408 @menu
409 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
410 as mathematical ideas.
411 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
412 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
413 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
414 the name of an identifier, etc.).
415 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
416 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
417 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
418 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
419 how is the output used?
420 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
421 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
422 @end menu
423
424 @node Language and Grammar
425 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
426
427 @cindex context-free grammar
428 @cindex grammar, context-free
429 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
430 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
431 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
432 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
433 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
434 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
435 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
436 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
437 recursion.
438
439 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
440 @cindex Backus-Naur form
441 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
442 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
443 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
444 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
445 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
446
447 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
448 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
449 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
450 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
451 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
452 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
453 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
454 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
455 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
456 restrictions that are
457 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
458 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
459 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
460 more information on this.
461
462 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
463 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
464 @cindex ambiguous grammars
465 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
466
467 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
468 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
469 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
470 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
471 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
472 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
473 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
474 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
475 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
476 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
477 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
478 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
479 possible parses of any given string is finite.
480
481 @cindex symbols (abstract)
482 @cindex token
483 @cindex syntactic grouping
484 @cindex grouping, syntactic
485 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
486 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
487 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
488 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
489 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
490 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
491 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
492
493 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
494 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
495 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
496 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
497 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
498 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
499 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
500 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
501 lexicography, not grammar.)
502
503 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
504
505 @ifinfo
506 @example
507 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
508 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
509 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
510 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
511 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
512 identifier, semicolon} */
513 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
514 @end example
515 @end ifinfo
516 @ifnotinfo
517 @example
518 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
519 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
520 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
521 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
522 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
523 @end example
524 @end ifnotinfo
525
526 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
527 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
528 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
529 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
530 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
531 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
532 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
533 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
534
535 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
536 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
537 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
538 reads informally as follows:
539
540 @quotation
541 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
542 `semicolon'.
543 @end quotation
544
545 @noindent
546 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
547 statement in C.
548
549 @cindex start symbol
550 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
551 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
552 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
553 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
554 plays this role.
555
556 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
557 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
558 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
559 not the start symbol.
560
561 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
562 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
563 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
564 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
565 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
566 reports a syntax error.
567
568 @node Grammar in Bison
569 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
570 @cindex Bison grammar
571 @cindex grammar, Bison
572 @cindex formal grammar
573
574 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
575 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
576 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
577
578 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
579 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
580 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
581
582 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
583 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
584 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
585 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
586 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
587 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
588 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
589 @xref{Symbols}.
590
591 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
592 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
593 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
594 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
595
596 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
597 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
598
599 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
600 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
601 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
602 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
603 used in every rule.
604
605 @example
606 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
607 ;
608 @end example
609
610 @noindent
611 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
612
613 @node Semantic Values
614 @section Semantic Values
615 @cindex semantic value
616 @cindex value, semantic
617
618 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
619 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
620 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
621 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
622 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
623 grammatical.
624
625 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
626 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
627 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
628 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
629 ,Defining Language Semantics},
630 for details.
631
632 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
633 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
634 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
635 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
636 except their types.
637
638 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
639 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
640 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
641 need to have any semantic value.)
642
643 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
644 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
645 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
646 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
647 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
648 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
649
650 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
651 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
652 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
653 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
654 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
655
656 @node Semantic Actions
657 @section Semantic Actions
658 @cindex semantic actions
659 @cindex actions, semantic
660
661 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
662 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
663 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
664 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
665 @xref{Actions}.
666
667 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
668 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
669 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
670 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
671 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
672 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
673 newly recognized larger expression.
674
675 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
676 two subexpressions:
677
678 @example
679 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
680 ;
681 @end example
682
683 @noindent
684 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
685 from the values of the two subexpressions.
686
687 @node GLR Parsers
688 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
689 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
690 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
691 @findex %glr-parser
692 @cindex conflicts
693 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
694 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
695
696 In some grammars, Bison's standard
697 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
698 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
699 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
700 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
701 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
702 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
704 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
705
706 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
707 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
708 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
709 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
710 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
711 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
712 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
713 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
714 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
715 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
716 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
717 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
718 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
719 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
720 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
721 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
722 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
723 identical set of symbols.
724
725 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
726 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
727 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
728 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
729 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
730 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
731 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
732 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
733 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
734 merged result.
735
736 @menu
737 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
738 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
739 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
740 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
741 @end menu
742
743 @node Simple GLR Parsers
744 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
745 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
746 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
747 @findex %glr-parser
748 @findex %expect-rr
749 @cindex conflicts
750 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
751 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
752
753 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
754 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
755 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
756 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
757 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
758 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
759
760 Consider a problem that
761 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
762 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
763
764 @example
765 type subrange = lo .. hi;
766 type enum = (a, b, c);
767 @end example
768
769 @noindent
770 The original language standard allows only numeric
771 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
772 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
773 10206) and many other
774 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
775 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
776 parentheses:
777
778 @example
779 type subrange = (a) .. b;
780 @end example
781
782 @noindent
783 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
784 type with only one value:
785
786 @example
787 type enum = (a);
788 @end example
789
790 @noindent
791 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
792 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
793
794 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
795 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
796 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
797 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
798 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
799 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
800 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
801 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
802
803 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
804 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
805 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
806 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
807 expressions.
808
809 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
810 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
811 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
812 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
813 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
814 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
815 work.
816
817 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
818 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
819 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
820 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
821 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
822 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
823 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
824 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
825 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
826 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
827 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
828
829 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
830 reports a syntax error as usual.
831
832 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
833 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
834 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
835 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
836 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
837
838 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
839 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
840 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
841 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
842 The present example contains only one conflict between two
843 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
844 cannot be nested. So the number of
845 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
846 and the parsing time is still linear.
847
848 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
849 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
850
851 @example
852 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
853
854 @group
855 %left '+' '-'
856 %left '*' '/'
857 @end group
858
859 %%
860
861 @group
862 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 type : '(' id_list ')'
868 | expr DOTDOT expr
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 id_list : ID
874 | id_list ',' ID
875 ;
876 @end group
877
878 @group
879 expr : '(' expr ')'
880 | expr '+' expr
881 | expr '-' expr
882 | expr '*' expr
883 | expr '/' expr
884 | ID
885 ;
886 @end group
887 @end example
888
889 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
890 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
891 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
892 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
893 recognized:
894
895 @example
896 type t = (a) .. b;
897 @end example
898
899 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
900 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
901 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
902 @samp{%%}):
903
904 @example
905 %glr-parser
906 %expect-rr 1
907 @end example
908
909 @noindent
910 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
911 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
912 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
913 notice when the parser splits.
914
915 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
916 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
917 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
918 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
919 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
920 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
921 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
922 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
923 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
924 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
925 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
926 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
927 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
928 correctness.
929
930 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
931 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
932 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
933 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
934 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
935 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1100 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1101
1102 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1103 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1104 the associated reduction.
1105 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1106 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1107
1108 @vindex yychar
1109 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1110 @vindex yylval
1111 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1112 @vindex yylloc
1113 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1114 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1115 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1116 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1117 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1118 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1119 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1120 influence syntax analysis.
1121 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1122
1123 @findex yyclearin
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1125 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1126 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1127 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1128 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1129 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1130 future versions of Bison.
1131 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1132 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1133 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1134
1135 @findex YYERROR
1136 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1137 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1138 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in any semantic action to
1139 initiate error recovery.
1140 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1141 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1142 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1143 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1144
1145 @node Compiler Requirements
1146 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1147 @cindex @code{inline}
1148 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1149
1150 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1151 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1152 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1153 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1154 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1155 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1156
1157 @example
1158 %@{
1159 #include <config.h>
1160 %@}
1161 @end example
1162
1163 @noindent
1164 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1165
1166 @example
1167 %@{
1168 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1169 #define inline
1170 #endif
1171 %@}
1172 @end example
1173
1174 @node Locations Overview
1175 @section Locations
1176 @cindex location
1177 @cindex textual location
1178 @cindex location, textual
1179
1180 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1181 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1182 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1183 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1184
1185 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1186 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1187 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1188 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1189
1190 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1191 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1192 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1193 @code{@@3}.
1194
1195 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1196 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1197 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1198 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1199 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1200 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1201 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1202
1203 @node Bison Parser
1204 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1205 @cindex Bison parser
1206 @cindex Bison utility
1207 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1208 @cindex parser
1209
1210 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1211 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1212 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1213 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1214 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1215 program.
1216
1217 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1218 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1219 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1220 uses.
1221
1222 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1223 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1224 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1225 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1226 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1227 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1228 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1229
1230 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1231 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1232 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1233 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1234 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1235 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1236 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1237 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1238
1239 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1240 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1241 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1242 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1243 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1244 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1245 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1246 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1247 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1248 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1249 meanings.
1250
1251 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1252 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1253 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1254 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1255 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1256 included if message translation is in use
1257 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1258 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1259 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1260
1261 @node Stages
1262 @section Stages in Using Bison
1263 @cindex stages in using Bison
1264 @cindex using Bison
1265
1266 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1267 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1268
1269 @enumerate
1270 @item
1271 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1272 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1273 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1274 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1275 sequence of C statements.
1276
1277 @item
1278 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1279 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1280 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1281 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1285
1286 @item
1287 Write error-reporting routines.
1288 @end enumerate
1289
1290 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1291 must follow these steps:
1292
1293 @enumerate
1294 @item
1295 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1299
1300 @item
1301 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1302 @end enumerate
1303
1304 @node Grammar Layout
1305 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1306 @cindex grammar file
1307 @cindex file format
1308 @cindex format of grammar file
1309 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1310
1311 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1312 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1313
1314 @example
1315 %@{
1316 @var{Prologue}
1317 %@}
1318
1319 @var{Bison declarations}
1320
1321 %%
1322 @var{Grammar rules}
1323 %%
1324 @var{Epilogue}
1325 @end example
1326
1327 @noindent
1328 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1329 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1330
1331 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1332 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1333 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1334 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1335 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1336 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1337
1338 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1339 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1340 semantic values of various symbols.
1341
1342 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1343 parts.
1344
1345 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1346 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1347 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1348
1349 @node Examples
1350 @chapter Examples
1351 @cindex simple examples
1352 @cindex examples, simple
1353
1354 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1355 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1356 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1357 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1358 desk-top calculator.
1359
1360 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1361 languages are written the same way.
1362 @ifinfo
1363 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1364 to try them.
1365 @end ifinfo
1366
1367 @menu
1368 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1369 a first example with no operator precedence.
1370 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1371 Operator precedence is introduced.
1372 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1373 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1374 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1375 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1376 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1377 @end menu
1378
1379 @node RPN Calc
1380 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1381 @cindex reverse polish notation
1382 @cindex polish notation calculator
1383 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1384 @cindex calculator, simple
1385
1386 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1387 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1388 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1389 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1390
1391 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1392 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1393
1394 @menu
1395 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1396 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1397 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1398 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1399 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1400 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1401 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1402 @end menu
1403
1404 @node Rpcalc Decls
1405 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1406
1407 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1408 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1409
1410 @example
1411 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1412
1413 %@{
1414 #define YYSTYPE double
1415 #include <math.h>
1416 int yylex (void);
1417 void yyerror (char const *);
1418 %@}
1419
1420 %token NUM
1421
1422 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1423 @end example
1424
1425 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1426 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1427
1428 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1429 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1430 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1431 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1432 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1433 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1434 which is a floating point number.
1435
1436 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1437 function @code{pow}.
1438
1439 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1440 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1441 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1442 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1443 prologue.
1444
1445 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1446 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1447 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1448 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1449 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1450 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1451 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1452 type for numeric constants.
1453
1454 @node Rpcalc Rules
1455 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1456
1457 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1458
1459 @example
1460 input: /* empty */
1461 | input line
1462 ;
1463
1464 line: '\n'
1465 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1466 ;
1467
1468 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1469 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1470 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1471 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1472 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1473 /* Exponentiation */
1474 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1475 /* Unary minus */
1476 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1477 ;
1478 %%
1479 @end example
1480
1481 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1482 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1483 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1484 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1485 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1486 mean.
1487
1488 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1489 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1490 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1491
1492 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1493 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1494 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1495 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1496 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1497 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1498
1499 @menu
1500 * Rpcalc Input::
1501 * Rpcalc Line::
1502 * Rpcalc Expr::
1503 @end menu
1504
1505 @node Rpcalc Input
1506 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1507
1508 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1509
1510 @example
1511 input: /* empty */
1512 | input line
1513 ;
1514 @end example
1515
1516 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1517 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1518 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1519 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1520 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1521
1522 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1523 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1524 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1525 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1526 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1527 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1528
1529 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1530 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1531 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1532 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1533 more times.
1534
1535 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1536 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1537 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1538
1539 @node Rpcalc Line
1540 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1541
1542 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1543
1544 @example
1545 line: '\n'
1546 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1547 ;
1548 @end example
1549
1550 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1551 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1552 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1553 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1554 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1555 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1556 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1557
1558 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1559 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1560 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1561 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1562 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1563
1564 @node Rpcalc Expr
1565 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1566
1567 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1568 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1569 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1570 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1571
1572 @example
1573 exp: NUM
1574 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1575 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1576 @dots{}
1577 ;
1578 @end example
1579
1580 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1581 equally well have written them separately:
1582
1583 @example
1584 exp: NUM ;
1585 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1586 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1587 @dots{}
1588 @end example
1589
1590 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1591 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1592 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1593 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1594 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1595 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1596 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1597 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1598
1599 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1600 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1601 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1602
1603 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1604 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1605 For example, this:
1606
1607 @example
1608 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1609 @end example
1610
1611 @noindent
1612 means the same thing as this:
1613
1614 @example
1615 exp: NUM
1616 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1617 | @dots{}
1618 ;
1619 @end example
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1623
1624 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1625 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1626 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1627 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1628
1629 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1630 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1631 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1632 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1633
1634 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1635 calculator. This
1636 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1637 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1638 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1639 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1640
1641 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1642 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1643 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1644 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1645 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1646 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1647 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1648 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1649 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1650
1651 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1652 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1653 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1654 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1655 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1656
1657 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1658 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1659
1660 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1661
1662 @example
1663 @group
1664 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1665 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1666 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1667 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1668
1669 #include <ctype.h>
1670 @end group
1671
1672 @group
1673 int
1674 yylex (void)
1675 @{
1676 int c;
1677
1678 /* Skip white space. */
1679 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1680 ;
1681 @end group
1682 @group
1683 /* Process numbers. */
1684 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1685 @{
1686 ungetc (c, stdin);
1687 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1688 return NUM;
1689 @}
1690 @end group
1691 @group
1692 /* Return end-of-input. */
1693 if (c == EOF)
1694 return 0;
1695 /* Return a single char. */
1696 return c;
1697 @}
1698 @end group
1699 @end example
1700
1701 @node Rpcalc Main
1702 @subsection The Controlling Function
1703 @cindex controlling function
1704 @cindex main function in simple example
1705
1706 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1707 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1708 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1709
1710 @example
1711 @group
1712 int
1713 main (void)
1714 @{
1715 return yyparse ();
1716 @}
1717 @end group
1718 @end example
1719
1720 @node Rpcalc Error
1721 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1722 @cindex error reporting routine
1723
1724 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1725 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1726 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1727 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1728 here is the definition we will use:
1729
1730 @example
1731 @group
1732 #include <stdio.h>
1733
1734 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1735 void
1736 yyerror (char const *s)
1737 @{
1738 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1739 @}
1740 @end group
1741 @end example
1742
1743 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1744 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1745 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1746 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1747 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1748 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1749
1750 @node Rpcalc Gen
1751 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1752 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1753
1754 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1755 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1756 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1757 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1758 end, in the epilogue of the file
1759 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1760
1761 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1762 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1763
1764 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1765 convert it into a parser file:
1766
1767 @example
1768 bison @var{file}.y
1769 @end example
1770
1771 @noindent
1772 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1773 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1774 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1775 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1776 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1777 are copied verbatim to the output.
1778
1779 @node Rpcalc Compile
1780 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1781 @cindex compiling the parser
1782
1783 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1784
1785 @example
1786 @group
1787 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1788 $ @kbd{ls}
1789 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1794 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1795 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1796 @end group
1797
1798 @group
1799 # @r{List files again.}
1800 $ @kbd{ls}
1801 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1802 @end group
1803 @end example
1804
1805 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1806 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1807
1808 @example
1809 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1810 @kbd{4 9 +}
1811 13
1812 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1813 -13
1814 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1815 13
1816 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1817 -3.166666667
1818 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1819 81
1820 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1821 $
1822 @end example
1823
1824 @node Infix Calc
1825 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1826 @cindex infix notation calculator
1827 @cindex @code{calc}
1828 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1829
1830 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1831 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1832 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1833 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1834
1835 @example
1836 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1837
1838 %@{
1839 #define YYSTYPE double
1840 #include <math.h>
1841 #include <stdio.h>
1842 int yylex (void);
1843 void yyerror (char const *);
1844 %@}
1845
1846 /* Bison declarations. */
1847 %token NUM
1848 %left '-' '+'
1849 %left '*' '/'
1850 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1851 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1852
1853 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1854 input: /* empty */
1855 | input line
1856 ;
1857
1858 line: '\n'
1859 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1860 ;
1861
1862 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1863 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1864 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1865 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1866 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1867 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1868 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1869 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1870 ;
1871 %%
1872 @end example
1873
1874 @noindent
1875 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1876 same as before.
1877
1878 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1879
1880 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1881 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1882 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1883 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1884 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1885 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1886 the associativity.)
1887
1888 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1889 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1890 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1891 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1892 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1893 Precedence}.
1894
1895 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1896 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1897 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1898 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1899 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1900
1901 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1902
1903 @need 500
1904 @example
1905 $ @kbd{calc}
1906 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1907 6.880952381
1908 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1909 -54
1910 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1911 9
1912 @end example
1913
1914 @node Simple Error Recovery
1915 @section Simple Error Recovery
1916 @cindex error recovery, simple
1917
1918 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1919 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1920 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1921 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1922 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1923 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1924
1925 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1926 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1927 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1928
1929 @example
1930 @group
1931 line: '\n'
1932 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1933 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1934 ;
1935 @end group
1936 @end example
1937
1938 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1939 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1940 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1941 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1942 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1943 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1944 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1945 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1946 misprint.
1947
1948 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1949 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1950 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1951 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1952 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1953 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1954 Bison programs.
1955
1956 @node Location Tracking Calc
1957 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1958 @cindex location tracking calculator
1959 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1960 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1961
1962 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1963 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1964 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1965 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1966 analyzer.
1967
1968 @menu
1969 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1970 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1971 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1972 @end menu
1973
1974 @node Ltcalc Decls
1975 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1976
1977 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1978 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1979
1980 @example
1981 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1982
1983 %@{
1984 #define YYSTYPE int
1985 #include <math.h>
1986 int yylex (void);
1987 void yyerror (char const *);
1988 %@}
1989
1990 /* Bison declarations. */
1991 %token NUM
1992
1993 %left '-' '+'
1994 %left '*' '/'
1995 %left NEG
1996 %right '^'
1997
1998 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1999 @end example
2000
2001 @noindent
2002 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2003 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2004 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2005 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2006 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2007 @code{last_column}.
2008
2009 @node Ltcalc Rules
2010 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2011
2012 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2013 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2014 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2015 from the new information.
2016
2017 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2018 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2019
2020 @example
2021 @group
2022 input : /* empty */
2023 | input line
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 line : '\n'
2029 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2030 ;
2031 @end group
2032
2033 @group
2034 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2035 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2036 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2037 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2038 @end group
2039 @group
2040 | exp '/' exp
2041 @{
2042 if ($3)
2043 $$ = $1 / $3;
2044 else
2045 @{
2046 $$ = 1;
2047 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2048 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2049 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2050 @}
2051 @}
2052 @end group
2053 @group
2054 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2055 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2056 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2057 @end group
2058 @end example
2059
2060 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2061 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2062 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2063
2064 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2065 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2066 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2067 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2068 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2069 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2070 hand.
2071
2072 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2073 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2074
2075 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2076 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2077 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2078 semantic values.
2079
2080 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2081 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2082
2083 @example
2084 @group
2085 int
2086 yylex (void)
2087 @{
2088 int c;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Skip white space. */
2093 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2094 ++yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Step. */
2099 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2100 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2101 @end group
2102
2103 @group
2104 /* Process numbers. */
2105 if (isdigit (c))
2106 @{
2107 yylval = c - '0';
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2110 @{
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2113 @}
2114 ungetc (c, stdin);
2115 return NUM;
2116 @}
2117 @end group
2118
2119 /* Return end-of-input. */
2120 if (c == EOF)
2121 return 0;
2122
2123 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2124 if (c == '\n')
2125 @{
2126 ++yylloc.last_line;
2127 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2128 @}
2129 else
2130 ++yylloc.last_column;
2131 return c;
2132 @}
2133 @end example
2134
2135 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2136 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2137 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2138 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2139
2140 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2141 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2142 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2143 controlling function:
2144
2145 @example
2146 @group
2147 int
2148 main (void)
2149 @{
2150 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2151 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2152 return yyparse ();
2153 @}
2154 @end group
2155 @end example
2156
2157 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2158 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2159 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2160
2161 @node Multi-function Calc
2162 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2163 @cindex multi-function calculator
2164 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2165 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2166
2167 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2168 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2169 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2170 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2171 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2172
2173 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2174 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2175 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2176 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2177 functions whose syntax has this form:
2178
2179 @example
2180 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2181 @end example
2182
2183 @noindent
2184 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2185 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2186 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2187
2188 @example
2189 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2190 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2191 3.1415926536
2192 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2193 0.0000000000
2194 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 @kbd{alpha}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2199 0.8329091229
2200 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2201 2.3000000000
2202 $
2203 @end example
2204
2205 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2206
2207 @menu
2208 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2209 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2210 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2211 @end menu
2212
2213 @node Mfcalc Decl
2214 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2215
2216 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2217
2218 @smallexample
2219 @group
2220 %@{
2221 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2222 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2223 int yylex (void);
2224 void yyerror (char const *);
2225 %@}
2226 @end group
2227 @group
2228 %union @{
2229 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2230 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2231 @}
2232 @end group
2233 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2234 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2235 %type <val> exp
2236
2237 @group
2238 %right '='
2239 %left '-' '+'
2240 %left '*' '/'
2241 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2242 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2243 @end group
2244 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2245 @end smallexample
2246
2247 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2248 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2249 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2250
2251 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2252 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2253 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2254 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2255
2256 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2257 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2258 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2259 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2260 between angle brackets).
2261
2262 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2263 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2264 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2265 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2266 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2267 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2268
2269 @node Mfcalc Rules
2270 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2271
2272 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2273 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2274 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 input: /* empty */
2279 | input line
2280 ;
2281 @end group
2282
2283 @group
2284 line:
2285 '\n'
2286 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2287 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2288 ;
2289 @end group
2290
2291 @group
2292 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2293 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2294 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2295 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2296 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2297 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2298 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2299 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2300 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2301 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2302 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2303 ;
2304 @end group
2305 /* End of grammar. */
2306 %%
2307 @end smallexample
2308
2309 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2310 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2311 @cindex symbol table example
2312
2313 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2314 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2315 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2316 requires some additional C functions for support.
2317
2318 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2319 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2320 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2321
2322 @smallexample
2323 @group
2324 /* Function type. */
2325 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2326 @end group
2327
2328 @group
2329 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2330 struct symrec
2331 @{
2332 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2333 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2334 union
2335 @{
2336 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2337 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2338 @} value;
2339 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2340 @};
2341 @end group
2342
2343 @group
2344 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2345
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 extern symrec *sym_table;
2348
2349 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2350 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2351 @end group
2352 @end smallexample
2353
2354 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2355 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2356 @code{init_table} as well:
2357
2358 @smallexample
2359 #include <stdio.h>
2360
2361 @group
2362 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2363 void
2364 yyerror (char const *s)
2365 @{
2366 printf ("%s\n", s);
2367 @}
2368 @end group
2369
2370 @group
2371 struct init
2372 @{
2373 char const *fname;
2374 double (*fnct) (double);
2375 @};
2376 @end group
2377
2378 @group
2379 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2380 @{
2381 "sin", sin,
2382 "cos", cos,
2383 "atan", atan,
2384 "ln", log,
2385 "exp", exp,
2386 "sqrt", sqrt,
2387 0, 0
2388 @};
2389 @end group
2390
2391 @group
2392 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2393 symrec *sym_table;
2394 @end group
2395
2396 @group
2397 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2398 void
2399 init_table (void)
2400 @{
2401 int i;
2402 symrec *ptr;
2403 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2404 @{
2405 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2406 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2407 @}
2408 @}
2409 @end group
2410
2411 @group
2412 int
2413 main (void)
2414 @{
2415 init_table ();
2416 return yyparse ();
2417 @}
2418 @end group
2419 @end smallexample
2420
2421 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2422 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2423
2424 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2425 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2426 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2427 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2428 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2429 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2430
2431 @smallexample
2432 symrec *
2433 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2434 @{
2435 symrec *ptr;
2436 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2437 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2438 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2439 ptr->type = sym_type;
2440 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2441 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2442 sym_table = ptr;
2443 return ptr;
2444 @}
2445
2446 symrec *
2447 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2448 @{
2449 symrec *ptr;
2450 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2451 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2452 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2453 return ptr;
2454 return 0;
2455 @}
2456 @end smallexample
2457
2458 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2459 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2460 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2461 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2462
2463 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2464 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2465 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2466 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2467 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2468 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2469
2470 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2471 operators in @code{yylex}.
2472
2473 @smallexample
2474 @group
2475 #include <ctype.h>
2476 @end group
2477
2478 @group
2479 int
2480 yylex (void)
2481 @{
2482 int c;
2483
2484 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2485 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2486
2487 if (c == EOF)
2488 return 0;
2489 @end group
2490
2491 @group
2492 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2493 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2494 @{
2495 ungetc (c, stdin);
2496 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2497 return NUM;
2498 @}
2499 @end group
2500
2501 @group
2502 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2503 if (isalpha (c))
2504 @{
2505 symrec *s;
2506 static char *symbuf = 0;
2507 static int length = 0;
2508 int i;
2509 @end group
2510
2511 @group
2512 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2513 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2514 if (length == 0)
2515 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2516
2517 i = 0;
2518 do
2519 @end group
2520 @group
2521 @{
2522 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2523 if (i == length)
2524 @{
2525 length *= 2;
2526 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2527 @}
2528 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2529 symbuf[i++] = c;
2530 /* Get another character. */
2531 c = getchar ();
2532 @}
2533 @end group
2534 @group
2535 while (isalnum (c));
2536
2537 ungetc (c, stdin);
2538 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2539 @end group
2540
2541 @group
2542 s = getsym (symbuf);
2543 if (s == 0)
2544 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2545 yylval.tptr = s;
2546 return s->type;
2547 @}
2548
2549 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2550 return c;
2551 @}
2552 @end group
2553 @end smallexample
2554
2555 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2556 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2557 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2558
2559 @node Exercises
2560 @section Exercises
2561 @cindex exercises
2562
2563 @enumerate
2564 @item
2565 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2566
2567 @item
2568 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2569 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2570 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2571
2572 @item
2573 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2574 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2575 @end enumerate
2576
2577 @node Grammar File
2578 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2579
2580 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2581 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2582
2583 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2584 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2585
2586 @menu
2587 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2588 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2589 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2590 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2591 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2592 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2593 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2594 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2595 @end menu
2596
2597 @node Grammar Outline
2598 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2599
2600 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2601 appropriate delimiters:
2602
2603 @example
2604 %@{
2605 @var{Prologue}
2606 %@}
2607
2608 @var{Bison declarations}
2609
2610 %%
2611 @var{Grammar rules}
2612 %%
2613
2614 @var{Epilogue}
2615 @end example
2616
2617 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2618 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2619 continues until end of line.
2620
2621 @menu
2622 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2623 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2624 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2625 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2626 @end menu
2627
2628 @node Prologue
2629 @subsection The prologue
2630 @cindex declarations section
2631 @cindex Prologue
2632 @cindex declarations
2633
2634 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2635 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2636 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2637 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2638 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2639 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2640 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2641
2642 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2643 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2644 character constant.
2645
2646 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2647 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2648 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2649 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2650 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2651 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2652 @code{%union} declaration.
2653
2654 @smallexample
2655 %@{
2656 #include <stdio.h>
2657 #include "ptypes.h"
2658 %@}
2659
2660 %union @{
2661 long int n;
2662 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2663 @}
2664
2665 %@{
2666 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2667 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2668 %@}
2669
2670 @dots{}
2671 @end smallexample
2672
2673 @node Bison Declarations
2674 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2675 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2676 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2677
2678 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2679 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2680 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2681 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2682
2683 @node Grammar Rules
2684 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2685 @cindex grammar rules section
2686 @cindex rules section for grammar
2687
2688 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2689 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2690
2691 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2692 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2693 if it is the first thing in the file.
2694
2695 @node Epilogue
2696 @subsection The epilogue
2697 @cindex additional C code section
2698 @cindex epilogue
2699 @cindex C code, section for additional
2700
2701 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2702 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2703 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2704 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2705 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2706 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2707 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2708 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2709 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2710
2711 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2712 from the grammar rules.
2713
2714 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2715 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2716 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2717 of the grammar file.
2718
2719 @node Symbols
2720 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2721 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2722 @cindex terminal symbol
2723 @cindex token type
2724 @cindex symbol
2725
2726 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2727 of the language.
2728
2729 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2730 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2731 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2732 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2733 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2734 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2735 the symbol to stand for it.
2736
2737 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2738 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2739 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2740
2741 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2742 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2743
2744 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2745
2746 @itemize @bullet
2747 @item
2748 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2749 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2750 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2751 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2752
2753 @item
2754 @cindex character token
2755 @cindex literal token
2756 @cindex single-character literal
2757 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2758 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2759 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2760 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2761 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2762 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2763 ,Operator Precedence}).
2764
2765 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2766 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2767 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2768 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2769 your program will confuse other readers.
2770
2771 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2772 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2773 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2774 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2775 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2776 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2777 allowed.
2778
2779 @item
2780 @cindex string token
2781 @cindex literal string token
2782 @cindex multicharacter literal
2783 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2784 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2785 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2786 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2787 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2788
2789 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2790 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2791 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2792 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2793 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2794
2795 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2796
2797 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2798 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2799 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2800 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2801 read your program will be confused.
2802
2803 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2804 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2805 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2806 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2807 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2808 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2809 @end itemize
2810
2811 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2812 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2813 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2814
2815 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2816 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2817 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2818 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2819 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2820 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2821 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2822 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2823 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2824 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2825 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2826 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2827
2828 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2829 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2830 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2831 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2832 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2833
2834 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2835 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2836 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2837 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2838 characters in the following C-language string:
2839
2840 @example
2841 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2842 @end example
2843
2844 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2845 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2847 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2848 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2849 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2850 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2851 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2852 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2853 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2854 compiling them.
2855
2856 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2857 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2858 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2859 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2860 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2861
2862 @node Rules
2863 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2864 @cindex rule syntax
2865 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2866 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2867
2868 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2869
2870 @example
2871 @group
2872 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2873 ;
2874 @end group
2875 @end example
2876
2877 @noindent
2878 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2879 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2880 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2881
2882 For example,
2883
2884 @example
2885 @group
2886 exp: exp '+' exp
2887 ;
2888 @end group
2889 @end example
2890
2891 @noindent
2892 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2893 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2894
2895 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2896 extra white space as you wish.
2897
2898 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2899 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2900
2901 @example
2902 @{@var{C statements}@}
2903 @end example
2904
2905 @noindent
2906 @cindex braced code
2907 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2908 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2909 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2910 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2911 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2912
2913 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2914 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2915 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2916 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2917 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2918 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2919 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2920 character constants.
2921
2922 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2923 @xref{Actions}.
2924
2925 @findex |
2926 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2927 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2928
2929 @ifinfo
2930 @example
2931 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2932 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2933 @dots{}
2934 ;
2935 @end example
2936 @end ifinfo
2937 @iftex
2938 @example
2939 @group
2940 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2941 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2942 @dots{}
2943 ;
2944 @end group
2945 @end example
2946 @end iftex
2947
2948 @noindent
2949 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2950
2951 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2952 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2953 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2954
2955 @example
2956 @group
2957 expseq: /* empty */
2958 | expseq1
2959 ;
2960 @end group
2961
2962 @group
2963 expseq1: exp
2964 | expseq1 ',' exp
2965 ;
2966 @end group
2967 @end example
2968
2969 @noindent
2970 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2971 with no components.
2972
2973 @node Recursion
2974 @section Recursive Rules
2975 @cindex recursive rule
2976
2977 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2978 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2979 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2980 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2981 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2982
2983 @example
2984 @group
2985 expseq1: exp
2986 | expseq1 ',' exp
2987 ;
2988 @end group
2989 @end example
2990
2991 @cindex left recursion
2992 @cindex right recursion
2993 @noindent
2994 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2995 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2996 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2997
2998 @example
2999 @group
3000 expseq1: exp
3001 | exp ',' expseq1
3002 ;
3003 @end group
3004 @end example
3005
3006 @noindent
3007 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3008 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3009 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3010 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3011 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3012 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3013 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3014 of this.
3015
3016 @cindex mutual recursion
3017 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3018 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3019 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3020 side.
3021
3022 For example:
3023
3024 @example
3025 @group
3026 expr: primary
3027 | primary '+' primary
3028 ;
3029 @end group
3030
3031 @group
3032 primary: constant
3033 | '(' expr ')'
3034 ;
3035 @end group
3036 @end example
3037
3038 @noindent
3039 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3040 other.
3041
3042 @node Semantics
3043 @section Defining Language Semantics
3044 @cindex defining language semantics
3045 @cindex language semantics, defining
3046
3047 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3048 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3049 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3050
3051 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3052 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3053 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3054 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3055
3056 @menu
3057 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3058 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3059 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3060 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3061 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3062 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3063 action in the middle of a rule.
3064 @end menu
3065
3066 @node Value Type
3067 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3068 @cindex semantic value type
3069 @cindex value type, semantic
3070 @cindex data types of semantic values
3071 @cindex default data type
3072
3073 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3074 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3075 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3076 Notation Calculator}).
3077
3078 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3079 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3080
3081 @example
3082 #define YYSTYPE double
3083 @end example
3084
3085 @noindent
3086 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3087 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3088
3089 @node Multiple Types
3090 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3091
3092 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3093 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3094 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3095 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3096 symbol table.
3097
3098 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3099 requires you to do two things:
3100
3101 @itemize @bullet
3102 @item
3103 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3104 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3105 Value Types}).
3106
3107 @item
3108 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3109 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3110 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3111 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3112 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3113 @end itemize
3114
3115 @node Actions
3116 @subsection Actions
3117 @cindex action
3118 @vindex $$
3119 @vindex $@var{n}
3120
3121 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3122 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3123 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3124 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3125
3126 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3127 placed at any position in the rule;
3128 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3129 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3130 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3131 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3132
3133 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3134 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3135 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3136 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3137 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3138 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3139 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3140
3141 Here is a typical example:
3142
3143 @example
3144 @group
3145 exp: @dots{}
3146 | exp '+' exp
3147 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3148 @end group
3149 @end example
3150
3151 @noindent
3152 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3153 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3154 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3155 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3156 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3157 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3158 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3159 referred to as @code{$2}.
3160
3161 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3162 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3163 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3164 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3165 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3166
3167 @example
3168 @group
3169 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3170 @end group
3171 @end example
3172
3173 @cindex default action
3174 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3175 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3176 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3177 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3178 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3179 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3180
3181 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3182 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3183 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3184 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3185 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3186
3187 @example
3188 @group
3189 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3190 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3191 ;
3192 @end group
3193
3194 @group
3195 bar: /* empty */
3196 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3197 ;
3198 @end group
3199 @end example
3200
3201 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3202 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3203 definition of @code{foo}.
3204
3205 @vindex yylval
3206 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3207 any, from a semantic action.
3208 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3209 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3210
3211 @node Action Types
3212 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3213 @cindex action data types
3214 @cindex data types in actions
3215
3216 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3217 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3218
3219 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3220 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3221 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3222 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3223 in the rule. In this example,
3224
3225 @example
3226 @group
3227 exp: @dots{}
3228 | exp '+' exp
3229 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3230 @end group
3231 @end example
3232
3233 @noindent
3234 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3235 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3236 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3237 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3238
3239 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3240 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3241 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3242
3243 @example
3244 @group
3245 %union @{
3246 int itype;
3247 double dtype;
3248 @}
3249 @end group
3250 @end example
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3254 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3255
3256 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3257 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3258 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3259 @cindex mid-rule actions
3260
3261 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3262 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3263 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3264
3265 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3266 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3267 it is run before they are parsed.
3268
3269 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3270 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3271 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3272 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3273 @code{$@var{n}}.
3274
3275 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3276 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3277 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3278 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3279 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3280 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3281
3282 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3283 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3284 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3285 at the end of the rule.
3286
3287 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3288 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3289 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3290 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3291 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3292 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3293
3294 @example
3295 @group
3296 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3297 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3298 declare_variable ($3); @}
3299 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3300 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3301 @end group
3302 @end example
3303
3304 @noindent
3305 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3306 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3307 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3308 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3309 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3310 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3311 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3312 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3313
3314 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3315 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3316 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3317 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3318 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3319
3320 @findex %destructor
3321 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3322 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3323 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3324 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3325 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3326 restoring it.
3327 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3328 Discarded Symbols}).
3329 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3330 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3331
3332 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3333 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3334
3335 @example
3336 @group
3337 %type <context> let
3338 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3339
3340 %%
3341
3342 stmt: let stmt
3343 @{ $$ = $2;
3344 pop_context ($1); @}
3345 ;
3346
3347 let: LET '(' var ')'
3348 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3349 declare_variable ($3); @}
3350 ;
3351
3352 @end group
3353 @end example
3354
3355 @noindent
3356 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3357 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3358 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3359
3360 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3361 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3362 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3363 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3364 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3365 declaration or not:
3366
3367 @example
3368 @group
3369 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3370 | '@{' statements '@}'
3371 ;
3372 @end group
3373 @end example
3374
3375 @noindent
3376 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3377
3378 @example
3379 @group
3380 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3381 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3382 @end group
3383 @group
3384 | '@{' statements '@}'
3385 ;
3386 @end group
3387 @end example
3388
3389 @noindent
3390 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3391 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3392 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3393 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3394 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3395 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3396
3397 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3398 actions into the two rules, like this:
3399
3400 @example
3401 @group
3402 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3403 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3404 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3405 '@{' statements '@}'
3406 ;
3407 @end group
3408 @end example
3409
3410 @noindent
3411 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3412 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3413
3414 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3415 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3416 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3417
3418 @example
3419 @group
3420 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3421 declarations statements '@}'
3422 | '@{' statements '@}'
3423 ;
3424 @end group
3425 @end example
3426
3427 @noindent
3428 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3429 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3430
3431 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3432 serves as a subroutine:
3433
3434 @example
3435 @group
3436 subroutine: /* empty */
3437 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3438 ;
3439
3440 @end group
3441
3442 @group
3443 compound: subroutine
3444 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3445 | subroutine
3446 '@{' statements '@}'
3447 ;
3448 @end group
3449 @end example
3450
3451 @noindent
3452 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3453 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3454
3455 @node Locations
3456 @section Tracking Locations
3457 @cindex location
3458 @cindex textual location
3459 @cindex location, textual
3460
3461 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3462 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3463 especially symbol locations.
3464
3465 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3466 actions to take when rules are matched.
3467
3468 @menu
3469 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3470 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3471 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3472 @end menu
3473
3474 @node Location Type
3475 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3476 @cindex data type of locations
3477 @cindex default location type
3478
3479 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3480 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3481
3482 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3483 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3484 four members:
3485
3486 @example
3487 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3488 @{
3489 int first_line;
3490 int first_column;
3491 int last_line;
3492 int last_column;
3493 @} YYLTYPE;
3494 @end example
3495
3496 @node Actions and Locations
3497 @subsection Actions and Locations
3498 @cindex location actions
3499 @cindex actions, location
3500 @vindex @@$
3501 @vindex @@@var{n}
3502
3503 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3504 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3505
3506 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3507 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3508 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3509 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3510 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3511 @code{@@$}.
3512
3513 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3514
3515 @example
3516 @group
3517 exp: @dots{}
3518 | exp '/' exp
3519 @{
3520 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3521 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3522 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3523 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3524 if ($3)
3525 $$ = $1 / $3;
3526 else
3527 @{
3528 $$ = 1;
3529 fprintf (stderr,
3530 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3531 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3532 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3533 @}
3534 @}
3535 @end group
3536 @end example
3537
3538 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3539 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3540 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3541 last symbol.
3542
3543 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3544 example above simply rewrites this way:
3545
3546 @example
3547 @group
3548 exp: @dots{}
3549 | exp '/' exp
3550 @{
3551 if ($3)
3552 $$ = $1 / $3;
3553 else
3554 @{
3555 $$ = 1;
3556 fprintf (stderr,
3557 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3558 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3559 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3560 @}
3561 @}
3562 @end group
3563 @end example
3564
3565 @vindex yylloc
3566 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3567 from a semantic action.
3568 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3569 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3570
3571 @node Location Default Action
3572 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3573 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3574
3575 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3576 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3577 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3578 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3579 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3580 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3581
3582 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3583 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3584
3585 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3586 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3587 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3588 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3589 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3590 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3591 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3592 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3593
3594 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3595
3596 @smallexample
3597 @group
3598 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3599 do \
3600 if (N) \
3601 @{ \
3602 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3603 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3604 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3605 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3606 @} \
3607 else \
3608 @{ \
3609 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3610 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3611 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3612 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3613 @} \
3614 while (0)
3615 @end group
3616 @end smallexample
3617
3618 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3619 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3620 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3621
3622 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3623
3624 @itemize @bullet
3625 @item
3626 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3627 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3628
3629 @item
3630 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3631 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3632 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3633 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3634
3635 @item
3636 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3637 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3638 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3639 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3640 @end itemize
3641
3642 @node Declarations
3643 @section Bison Declarations
3644 @cindex declarations, Bison
3645 @cindex Bison declarations
3646
3647 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3648 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3649 @xref{Symbols}.
3650
3651 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3652 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3653 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3654 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3655
3656 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3657 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3658 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3659 Grammars}).
3660
3661 @menu
3662 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3663 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3664 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3665 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3666 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3667 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3668 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3669 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3670 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3671 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3672 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3673 @end menu
3674
3675 @node Require Decl
3676 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3677 @cindex version requirement
3678 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3679 @findex %require
3680
3681 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3682 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3683 status 63).
3684
3685 @example
3686 %require "@var{version}"
3687 @end example
3688
3689 @node Token Decl
3690 @subsection Token Type Names
3691 @cindex declaring token type names
3692 @cindex token type names, declaring
3693 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3694 @findex %token
3695
3696 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3697
3698 @example
3699 %token @var{name}
3700 @end example
3701
3702 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3703 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3704 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3705
3706 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3707 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3708 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3709 Precedence}.
3710
3711 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3712 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3713 following the token name:
3714
3715 @example
3716 %token NUM 300
3717 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3718 @end example
3719
3720 @noindent
3721 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3722 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3723 with each other or with normal characters.
3724
3725 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3726 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3727 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3728 Than One Value Type}).
3729
3730 For example:
3731
3732 @example
3733 @group
3734 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3735 double val;
3736 symrec *tptr;
3737 @}
3738 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3739 @end group
3740 @end example
3741
3742 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3743 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3744 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3745
3746 @example
3747 %token arrow "=>"
3748 @end example
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3752 equivalent literal string tokens:
3753
3754 @example
3755 %token <operator> OR "||"
3756 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3757 %left OR "<="
3758 @end example
3759
3760 @noindent
3761 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3762 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3763 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3764 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3765
3766 @node Precedence Decl
3767 @subsection Operator Precedence
3768 @cindex precedence declarations
3769 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3770 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3771
3772 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3773 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3774 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3775 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3776 operator precedence.
3777
3778 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3779 @code{%token}: either
3780
3781 @example
3782 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3783 @end example
3784
3785 @noindent
3786 or
3787
3788 @example
3789 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3790 @end example
3791
3792 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3793 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3794 all the @var{symbols}:
3795
3796 @itemize @bullet
3797 @item
3798 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3799 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3800 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3801 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3802 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3803 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3804 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3805 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3806 considered a syntax error.
3807
3808 @item
3809 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3810 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3811 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3812 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3813 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3814 @end itemize
3815
3816 @node Union Decl
3817 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3818 @cindex declaring value types
3819 @cindex value types, declaring
3820 @findex %union
3821
3822 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3823 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3824 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3825 @code{union} in C@.
3826
3827 For example:
3828
3829 @example
3830 @group
3831 %union @{
3832 double val;
3833 symrec *tptr;
3834 @}
3835 @end group
3836 @end example
3837
3838 @noindent
3839 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3840 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3841 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3842 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3843
3844 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3845 @code{union}. For example:
3846
3847 @example
3848 @group
3849 %union value @{
3850 double val;
3851 symrec *tptr;
3852 @}
3853 @end group
3854 @end example
3855
3856 @noindent
3857 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3858 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3859 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3860
3861 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3862 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3863 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3864
3865 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3866 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3867
3868 @node Type Decl
3869 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3870 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3871 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3872 @findex %type
3873
3874 @noindent
3875 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3876 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3877 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3878
3879 @example
3880 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3881 @end example
3882
3883 @noindent
3884 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3885 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3886 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3887 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3888 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3889 the symbol names.
3890
3891 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3892 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3893 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3894 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3895
3896 @node Initial Action Decl
3897 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3898 @findex %initial-action
3899
3900 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3901 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3902 code.
3903
3904 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3905 @findex %initial-action
3906 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3907 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3908 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3909 @code{%parse-param}.
3910 @end deffn
3911
3912 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3913
3914 @example
3915 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3916 %initial-action
3917 @{
3918 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3919 @};
3920 @end example
3921
3922
3923 @node Destructor Decl
3924 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3925 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3926 @findex %destructor
3927
3928 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3929 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3930 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3931 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3932 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3933 must discard the start symbol.
3934
3935 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3936 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3937 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3938 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3939
3940 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3941 symbol is automatically discarded.
3942
3943 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3944 @findex %destructor
3945 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3946 @var{symbols}.
3947 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3948 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3949 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3950 @code{yyparse}}).
3951 @end deffn
3952
3953 For instance:
3954
3955 @smallexample
3956 %union
3957 @{
3958 char *string;
3959 @}
3960 %token <string> STRING
3961 %type <string> string
3962 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3963 @end smallexample
3964
3965 @noindent
3966 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3967 its associated memory will be freed.
3968
3969 @sp 1
3970
3971 @cindex discarded symbols
3972 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3973
3974 @itemize
3975 @item
3976 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3977 @item
3978 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3979 @item
3980 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3981 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3982 @item
3983 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3984 @end itemize
3985
3986 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3987 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3988 exhaustion.
3989
3990 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3991 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3992 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3993 the memory.
3994
3995 @node Expect Decl
3996 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3997 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3998 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3999 @cindex warnings, preventing
4000 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4001 @findex %expect
4002 @findex %expect-rr
4003
4004 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4005 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4006 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4007 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4008 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4009 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4010
4011 The declaration looks like this:
4012
4013 @example
4014 %expect @var{n}
4015 @end example
4016
4017 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4018 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4019 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4020 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4021
4022 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4023 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4024 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4025 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4026 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4027 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4028 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4029
4030 @example
4031 %expect-rr @var{n}
4032 @end example
4033
4034 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4035
4036 @itemize @bullet
4037 @item
4038 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4039 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4040 print the number of conflicts.
4041
4042 @item
4043 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4044 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4045 go back to the beginning.
4046
4047 @item
4048 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4049 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4050 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4051 @end itemize
4052
4053 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4054 will keep silent otherwise.
4055
4056 @node Start Decl
4057 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4058 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4059 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4060 @cindex default start symbol
4061 @findex %start
4062
4063 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4064 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4065 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4066
4067 @example
4068 %start @var{symbol}
4069 @end example
4070
4071 @node Pure Decl
4072 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4073 @cindex reentrant parser
4074 @cindex pure parser
4075 @findex %pure-parser
4076
4077 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4078 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4079 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4080 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4081 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4082 program must be called only within interlocks.
4083
4084 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4085 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4086 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4087 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4088 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4089
4090 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4091 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4092 reentrant. It looks like this:
4093
4094 @example
4095 %pure-parser
4096 @end example
4097
4098 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4099 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4100 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4101 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4102 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4103 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4104 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4105 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4106
4107 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4108 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4109 valid grammar.
4110
4111 @node Decl Summary
4112 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4113 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4114 @cindex declaration summary
4115 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4116
4117 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4118
4119 @deffn {Directive} %union
4120 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4121 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4122 @end deffn
4123
4124 @deffn {Directive} %token
4125 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4126 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn {Directive} %right
4130 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4131 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4132 @end deffn
4133
4134 @deffn {Directive} %left
4135 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4136 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4137 @end deffn
4138
4139 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4140 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4141 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4142 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4143 @end deffn
4144
4145 @ifset defaultprec
4146 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4147 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4148 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4149 @end deffn
4150 @end ifset
4151
4152 @deffn {Directive} %type
4153 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4154 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4155 @end deffn
4156
4157 @deffn {Directive} %start
4158 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4159 Start-Symbol}).
4160 @end deffn
4161
4162 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4163 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4164 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4165 @end deffn
4166
4167
4168 @sp 1
4169 @noindent
4170 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4171 directives:
4172
4173 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4174 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4175 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4176 @end deffn
4177 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4178
4179 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4180 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4181 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4182 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4183 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4184
4185 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4186 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4187 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4188 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4189 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4190 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4191 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4192 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4193
4194 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4195 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4196 Parser}.
4197
4198 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4199 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4200 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4201 Locations}.
4202
4203 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4204 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4205 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4206 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4207 Tokens}.
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4211 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4212 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4213 @end deffn
4214
4215 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4216 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4217 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4218 @end deffn
4219
4220 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4221 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4222 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4223 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4224 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4225 accurate syntax error messages.
4226 @end deffn
4227
4228 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4229 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4230 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4231 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4232 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4233 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4234 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4235 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4236 Program}.
4237 @end deffn
4238
4239 @ifset defaultprec
4240 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4241 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4242 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4243 Precedence}).
4244 @end deffn
4245 @end ifset
4246
4247 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4248 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4249 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4250 declarations.
4251
4252 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4253 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4254 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4255 @end deffn
4256
4257 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4258 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4259 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4260 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4261 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4262 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4263 file in its own right.
4264 @end deffn
4265
4266 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4267 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4268 @end deffn
4269
4270 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4271 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4272 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4273 @end deffn
4274
4275 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4276 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4277 Require a Version of Bison}.
4278 @end deffn
4279
4280 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4281 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4282 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4283 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4284 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4285 @code{"$end"},
4286 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4287 defined in the grammar file.
4288
4289 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4290 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4291 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4292 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4293 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4294 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4295 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4296 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4297
4298 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4299 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4300 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4301
4302 @table @code
4303 @item YYNTOKENS
4304 The highest token number, plus one.
4305 @item YYNNTS
4306 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4307 @item YYNRULES
4308 The number of grammar rules,
4309 @item YYNSTATES
4310 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4311 @end table
4312 @end deffn
4313
4314 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4315 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4316 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4317 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4318 information.
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4322 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4323 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4324 @end deffn
4325
4326
4327 @node Multiple Parsers
4328 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4329
4330 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4331 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4332 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4333 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4334
4335 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4336 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4337 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4338 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4339 names that do not conflict.
4340
4341 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4342 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4343 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4344 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4345
4346 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4347 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4348 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4349 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4350 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4351
4352 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4353 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4354 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4355 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4356
4357 @node Interface
4358 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4359 @cindex C-language interface
4360 @cindex interface
4361
4362 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4363 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4364 functions that it needs to use.
4365
4366 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4367 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4368 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4369 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4370
4371 @menu
4372 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4373 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4374 which reads tokens.
4375 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4376 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4377 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4378 native language.
4379 @end menu
4380
4381 @node Parser Function
4382 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4383 @findex yyparse
4384
4385 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4386 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4387 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4388 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4389 without reading further.
4390
4391
4392 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4393 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4394 is due to end-of-input).
4395
4396 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4397 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4398 invoked.
4399
4400 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4401 @end deftypefun
4402
4403 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4404 these macros:
4405
4406 @defmac YYACCEPT
4407 @findex YYACCEPT
4408 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4409 @end defmac
4410
4411 @defmac YYABORT
4412 @findex YYABORT
4413 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4414 @end defmac
4415
4416 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4417 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4418 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4419
4420 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4421 @findex %parse-param
4422 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4423 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4424 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4425 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4426 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4427 @end deffn
4428
4429 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4430
4431 @example
4432 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4433 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4434 @end example
4435
4436 @noindent
4437 Then call the parser like this:
4438
4439 @example
4440 @{
4441 int nastiness, randomness;
4442 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4443 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4444 @dots{}
4445 @}
4446 @end example
4447
4448 @noindent
4449 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4450
4451 @example
4452 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4453 @end example
4454
4455
4456 @node Lexical
4457 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4458 @findex yylex
4459 @cindex lexical analyzer
4460
4461 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4462 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4463 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4464 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4465
4466 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4467 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4468 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4469 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4470 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4471 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4472 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4473
4474 @menu
4475 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4476 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4477 of the token it has read.
4478 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4479 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4480 actions want that.
4481 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4482 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4483 @end menu
4484
4485 @node Calling Convention
4486 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4487
4488 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4489 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4490 signifies end-of-input.
4491
4492 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4493 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4494 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4495 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4496
4497 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4498 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4499 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4500 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4501 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4502 signifies end-of-input.
4503
4504 Here is an example showing these things:
4505
4506 @example
4507 int
4508 yylex (void)
4509 @{
4510 @dots{}
4511 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4512 return 0;
4513 @dots{}
4514 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4515 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4516 @dots{}
4517 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4518 @dots{}
4519 @}
4520 @end example
4521
4522 @noindent
4523 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4524 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4525
4526 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4527 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4528
4529 @itemize @bullet
4530 @item
4531 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4532 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4533 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4534 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4535
4536 @item
4537 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4538 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4539 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4540 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4541 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4542 to Bison.
4543
4544 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4545 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4546 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4547 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4548
4549 @smallexample
4550 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4551 @{
4552 if (yytname[i] != 0
4553 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4554 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4555 strlen (token_buffer))
4556 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4557 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4558 break;
4559 @}
4560 @end smallexample
4561
4562 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4563 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4564 @end itemize
4565
4566 @node Token Values
4567 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4568
4569 @vindex yylval
4570 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4571 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4572 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4573 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4574 @code{yylex}:
4575
4576 @example
4577 @group
4578 @dots{}
4579 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4580 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4581 @dots{}
4582 @end group
4583 @end example
4584
4585 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4586 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4587 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4588 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4589 declaration looks like this:
4590
4591 @example
4592 @group
4593 %union @{
4594 int intval;
4595 double val;
4596 symrec *tptr;
4597 @}
4598 @end group
4599 @end example
4600
4601 @noindent
4602 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4603
4604 @example
4605 @group
4606 @dots{}
4607 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4608 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4609 @dots{}
4610 @end group
4611 @end example
4612
4613 @node Token Locations
4614 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4615
4616 @vindex yylloc
4617 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4618 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4619 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4620 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4621 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4622 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4623
4624 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4625 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4626 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4627 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4628 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4629
4630 @tindex YYLTYPE
4631 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4632
4633 @node Pure Calling
4634 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4635
4636 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4637 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4638 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4639 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4640 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4641 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4642 pointers.
4643
4644 @example
4645 int
4646 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4647 @{
4648 @dots{}
4649 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4650 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4651 @dots{}
4652 @}
4653 @end example
4654
4655 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4656 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4657 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4658 only one argument.
4659
4660
4661 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4662 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4663 Function}).
4664
4665 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4666 @findex %lex-param
4667 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4668 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671 For instance:
4672
4673 @example
4674 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4675 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4676 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4677 @end example
4678
4679 @noindent
4680 results in the following signature:
4681
4682 @example
4683 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4684 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4685 @end example
4686
4687 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4688
4689 @example
4690 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4691 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4692 @end example
4693
4694 @noindent
4695 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4696
4697 @example
4698 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4699 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4700 @end example
4701
4702 @node Error Reporting
4703 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4704 @cindex error reporting function
4705 @findex yyerror
4706 @cindex parse error
4707 @cindex syntax error
4708
4709 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4710 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4711 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4712 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4713 in Actions}).
4714
4715 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4716 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4717 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4718 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4719 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4720
4721 @findex %error-verbose
4722 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4723 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4724 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4725 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4726
4727 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4728 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4729 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4730 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4731 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4732 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4733
4734 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4735 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4736 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4737
4738 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4739
4740 @example
4741 @group
4742 void
4743 yyerror (char const *s)
4744 @{
4745 @end group
4746 @group
4747 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4748 @}
4749 @end group
4750 @end example
4751
4752 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4753 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4754 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4755 immediately return 1.
4756
4757 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4758 an access to the current location.
4759 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4760 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4761 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4762 @code{yyerror} are:
4763
4764 @example
4765 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4766 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4767 @end example
4768
4769 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4770
4771 @example
4772 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4773 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4774 @end example
4775
4776 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4777 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4778 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4779 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4780
4781 @example
4782 /* Location tracking. */
4783 %locations
4784 /* Pure yylex. */
4785 %pure-parser
4786 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4787 /* Pure yyparse. */
4788 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4789 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4790 @end example
4791
4792 @noindent
4793 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4794
4795 @example
4796 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4797 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4798 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4799 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4800 char const *msg);
4801 @end example
4802
4803 @noindent
4804 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4805 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4806 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4807 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4808 message is always passed last.
4809
4810 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4811 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4812 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4813 @code{yyerror}.
4814
4815 @vindex yynerrs
4816 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4817 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4818 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4819 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4820
4821 @node Action Features
4822 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4823 @cindex summary, action features
4824 @cindex action features summary
4825
4826 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4827 are useful in actions.
4828
4829 @deffn {Variable} $$
4830 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4831 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4832 @end deffn
4833
4834 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4835 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4836 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4840 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4841 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4842 Types of Values in Actions}.
4843 @end deffn
4844
4845 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4846 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4847 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4848 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4852 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4853 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4854 @end deffn
4855
4856 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4857 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4858 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4862 @findex YYBACKUP
4863 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4864 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4865 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4866 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4867 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4868 going to be reduced by this rule.
4869
4870 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4871 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4872 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4873 recovery.
4874
4875 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4879 @vindex YYEMPTY
4880 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4884 @vindex YYEOF
4885 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4886 stream.
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4890 @findex YYERROR
4891 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4892 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4893 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4894 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4895 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4899 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4900 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4901 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4902 @end deffn
4903
4904 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4905 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4906 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4907 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4908 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4909 Actions}).
4910 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4914 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4915 error rules.
4916 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4917 Semantic Actions}).
4918 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4922 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4923 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4924 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4928 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4929 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4930 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4931 Actions}).
4932 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4933 @end deffn
4934
4935 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4936 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4937 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4938 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4939 Actions}).
4940 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn {Value} @@$
4944 @findex @@$
4945 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4946 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4947 Tracking Locations}.
4948
4949 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4950
4951 @c @example
4952 @c struct @{
4953 @c int first_line, last_line;
4954 @c int first_column, last_column;
4955 @c @};
4956 @c @end example
4957
4958 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4959 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4960
4961 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4962 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4963 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4964 @c those members.
4965
4966 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4970 @findex @@@var{n}
4971 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4972 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4973 Tracking Locations}.
4974 @end deffn
4975
4976 @node Internationalization
4977 @section Parser Internationalization
4978 @cindex internationalization
4979 @cindex i18n
4980 @cindex NLS
4981 @cindex gettext
4982 @cindex bison-po
4983
4984 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4985 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4986 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4987 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4988 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4989 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4990 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4991 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4992 installation.
4993
4994 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4995 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4996 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4997 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4998
4999 @enumerate
5000 @item
5001 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5002 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5003 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5004 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5005 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5006 For example:
5007
5008 @example
5009 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5010 @end example
5011
5012 @item
5013 @findex BISON_I18N
5014 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5015 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5016 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5017 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5018 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5019 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5020 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5021 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5022 Bison-generated parser.
5023
5024 @item
5025 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5026 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5027 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5028 For example:
5029
5030 @example
5031 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5032 @end example
5033
5034 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5035 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5036 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5037 @file{Makefile}.
5038
5039 @item
5040 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5041 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5042 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5043
5044 @example
5045 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5046 @end example
5047
5048 or:
5049
5050 @example
5051 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5052 @end example
5053
5054 @item
5055 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5056 infrastructure.
5057 @end enumerate
5058
5059
5060 @node Algorithm
5061 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5062 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5063 @cindex algorithm of parser
5064 @cindex shifting
5065 @cindex reduction
5066 @cindex parser stack
5067 @cindex stack, parser
5068
5069 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5070 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5071 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5072
5073 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5074 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5075 that was shifted.
5076
5077 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5078 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5079 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5080 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5081 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5082 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5083 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5084
5085 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5086
5087 @example
5088 1 + 5 * 3
5089 @end example
5090
5091 @noindent
5092 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5093 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5094
5095 @example
5096 expr: expr '*' expr;
5097 @end example
5098
5099 @noindent
5100 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5101
5102 @example
5103 1 + 15
5104 @end example
5105
5106 @noindent
5107 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5108 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5109
5110 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5111 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5112 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5113
5114 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5115
5116 @menu
5117 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5118 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5119 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5120 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5121 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5122 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5123 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5124 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5125 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5126 @end menu
5127
5128 @node Look-Ahead
5129 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5130 @cindex look-ahead token
5131
5132 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5133 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5134 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5135 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5136 token in order to decide what to do.
5137
5138 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5139 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5140 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5141 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5142 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5143 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5144 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5145 application.
5146
5147 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5148 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5149 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5150
5151 @example
5152 @group
5153 expr: term '+' expr
5154 | term
5155 ;
5156 @end group
5157
5158 @group
5159 term: '(' expr ')'
5160 | term '!'
5161 | NUMBER
5162 ;
5163 @end group
5164 @end example
5165
5166 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5167 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5168 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5169 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5170 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5171
5172 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5173 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5174 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5175 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5176 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5177 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5178
5179 @vindex yychar
5180 @vindex yylval
5181 @vindex yylloc
5182 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5183 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5184 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5185 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5186
5187 @node Shift/Reduce
5188 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5189 @cindex conflicts
5190 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5191 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5192 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5193
5194 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5195 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5196
5197 @example
5198 @group
5199 if_stmt:
5200 IF expr THEN stmt
5201 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5202 ;
5203 @end group
5204 @end example
5205
5206 @noindent
5207 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5208 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5209
5210 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5211 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5212 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5213 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5214 rule.
5215
5216 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5217 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5218 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5219 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5220 contrast it with the other alternative.
5221
5222 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5223 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5224 equivalent:
5225
5226 @example
5227 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5228
5229 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5230 @end example
5231
5232 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5233 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5234 making these two inputs equivalent:
5235
5236 @example
5237 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5238
5239 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5240 @end example
5241
5242 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5243 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5244 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5245 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5246 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5247 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5248 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5249 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5250
5251 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5252 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5253 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5254 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5255
5256 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5257 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5258 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5259 conflict:
5260
5261 @example
5262 @group
5263 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5264 %%
5265 @end group
5266 @group
5267 stmt: expr
5268 | if_stmt
5269 ;
5270 @end group
5271
5272 @group
5273 if_stmt:
5274 IF expr THEN stmt
5275 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5276 ;
5277 @end group
5278
5279 expr: variable
5280 ;
5281 @end example
5282
5283 @node Precedence
5284 @section Operator Precedence
5285 @cindex operator precedence
5286 @cindex precedence of operators
5287
5288 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5289 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5290 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5291 shift and when to reduce.
5292
5293 @menu
5294 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5295 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5296 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5297 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5298 @end menu
5299
5300 @node Why Precedence
5301 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5302
5303 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5304 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5305
5306 @example
5307 @group
5308 expr: expr '-' expr
5309 | expr '*' expr
5310 | expr '<' expr
5311 | '(' expr ')'
5312 @dots{}
5313 ;
5314 @end group
5315 @end example
5316
5317 @noindent
5318 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5319 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5320 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5321 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5322 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5323 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5324 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5325 different results.
5326
5327 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5328 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5329 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5330 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5331 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5332 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5333 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5334 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5335 @samp{<}.
5336
5337 @cindex associativity
5338 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5339 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5340 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5341 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5342 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5343 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5344 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5345 makes right-associativity.
5346
5347 @node Using Precedence
5348 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5349 @findex %left
5350 @findex %right
5351 @findex %nonassoc
5352
5353 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5354 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5355 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5356 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5357 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5358 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5359 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5360 row''.
5361
5362 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5363 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5364 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5365 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5366 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5367
5368 @node Precedence Examples
5369 @subsection Precedence Examples
5370
5371 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5372
5373 @example
5374 %left '<'
5375 %left '-'
5376 %left '*'
5377 @end example
5378
5379 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5380 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5381 declared with @code{'-'}:
5382
5383 @example
5384 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5385 %left '+' '-'
5386 %left '*' '/'
5387 @end example
5388
5389 @noindent
5390 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5391 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5392 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5393
5394 @node How Precedence
5395 @subsection How Precedence Works
5396
5397 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5398 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5399 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5400 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5401 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5402 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5403
5404 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5405 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5406 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5407 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5408 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5409 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5410 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5411 resolved.
5412
5413 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5414 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5415
5416 @node Contextual Precedence
5417 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5418 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5419 @cindex unary operator precedence
5420 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5421 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5422 @findex %prec
5423
5424 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5425 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5426 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5427 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5428
5429 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5430 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5431 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5432 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5433 modifier for rules.
5434
5435 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5436 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5437 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5438 modifier's syntax is:
5439
5440 @example
5441 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5442 @end example
5443
5444 @noindent
5445 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5446 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5447 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5448 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5449 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5450
5451 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5452 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5453 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5454 precedence:
5455
5456 @example
5457 @dots{}
5458 %left '+' '-'
5459 %left '*'
5460 %left UMINUS
5461 @end example
5462
5463 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5464
5465 @example
5466 @group
5467 exp: @dots{}
5468 | exp '-' exp
5469 @dots{}
5470 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5471 @end group
5472 @end example
5473
5474 @ifset defaultprec
5475 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5476 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5477 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5478 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5479
5480 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5481 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5482 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5483 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5484
5485 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5486 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5487 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5488 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5489 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5490 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5491
5492 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5493 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5494 @end ifset
5495
5496 @node Parser States
5497 @section Parser States
5498 @cindex finite-state machine
5499 @cindex parser state
5500 @cindex state (of parser)
5501
5502 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5503 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5504 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5505 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5506 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5507
5508 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5509 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5510 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5511 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5512 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5513 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5514 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5515 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5516 pushed.
5517
5518 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5519 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5520 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5521
5522 @node Reduce/Reduce
5523 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5524 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5525 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5526
5527 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5528 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5529 in the grammar.
5530
5531 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5532 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5533
5534 @example
5535 sequence: /* empty */
5536 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5537 | maybeword
5538 | sequence word
5539 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5540 ;
5541
5542 maybeword: /* empty */
5543 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5544 | word
5545 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5546 ;
5547 @end example
5548
5549 @noindent
5550 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5551 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5552 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5553 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5554 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5555 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5556
5557 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5558 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5559 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5560
5561 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5562 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5563 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5564 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5565 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5566
5567 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5568 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5569 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5570 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5571
5572 @example
5573 sequence: /* empty */
5574 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5575 | sequence word
5576 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5577 ;
5578 @end example
5579
5580 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5581
5582 @example
5583 sequence: /* empty */
5584 | sequence words
5585 | sequence redirects
5586 ;
5587
5588 words: /* empty */
5589 | words word
5590 ;
5591
5592 redirects:/* empty */
5593 | redirects redirect
5594 ;
5595 @end example
5596
5597 @noindent
5598 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5599 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5600 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5601 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5602 in infinitely many ways!
5603
5604 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5605 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5606 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5607 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5608
5609 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5610 of sequence:
5611
5612 @example
5613 sequence: /* empty */
5614 | sequence word
5615 | sequence redirect
5616 ;
5617 @end example
5618
5619 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5620 from being empty:
5621
5622 @example
5623 sequence: /* empty */
5624 | sequence words
5625 | sequence redirects
5626 ;
5627
5628 words: word
5629 | words word
5630 ;
5631
5632 redirects:redirect
5633 | redirects redirect
5634 ;
5635 @end example
5636
5637 @node Mystery Conflicts
5638 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5639
5640 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5641 Here is an example:
5642
5643 @example
5644 @group
5645 %token ID
5646
5647 %%
5648 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5649 ;
5650 param_spec:
5651 type
5652 | name_list ':' type
5653 ;
5654 @end group
5655 @group
5656 return_spec:
5657 type
5658 | name ':' type
5659 ;
5660 @end group
5661 @group
5662 type: ID
5663 ;
5664 @end group
5665 @group
5666 name: ID
5667 ;
5668 name_list:
5669 name
5670 | name ',' name_list
5671 ;
5672 @end group
5673 @end example
5674
5675 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5676 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5677 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5678 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5679
5680 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5681 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5682 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5683 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5684 an @code{ID}
5685 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5686 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5687 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5688 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5689 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5690 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5691 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5692 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5693 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5694
5695 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5696 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5697 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5698 and tend to
5699 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5700 as it is now.
5701
5702 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5703 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5704 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5705 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5706
5707 @example
5708 @group
5709 %token BOGUS
5710 @dots{}
5711 %%
5712 @dots{}
5713 return_spec:
5714 type
5715 | name ':' type
5716 /* This rule is never used. */
5717 | ID BOGUS
5718 ;
5719 @end group
5720 @end example
5721
5722 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5723 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5724 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5725 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5726 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5727 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5728
5729 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5730 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5731 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5732 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5733 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5734 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5735
5736 @example
5737 param_spec:
5738 type
5739 | name_list ':' type
5740 ;
5741 return_spec:
5742 type
5743 | ID ':' type
5744 ;
5745 @end example
5746
5747 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5748 generators, please see:
5749 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5750 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5751 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5752 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5753
5754 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5755 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5756 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5757 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5758 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5759 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5760
5761 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5762 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5763 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5764 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5765 context-free languages.
5766 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5767 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5768 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5769 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5770 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5771 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5772 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5773 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5774
5775 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5776 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5777 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5778 parser uses the same basic
5779 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5780 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5781 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5782 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5783 situation, it
5784 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5785 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5786 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5787 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5788 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5789
5790 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5791 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5792 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5793 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5794 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5795 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5796 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5797 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5798 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5799 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5800 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5801 stream.
5802
5803 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5804 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5805 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5806 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5807 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5808 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5809 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5810 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5811 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5812 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5813 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5814 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5815
5816 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5817 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5818 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5819 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5820 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5821 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5822 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5823 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5824 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5825 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5826 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5827 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5828 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5829 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5830 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5831 Bison parser.
5832
5833 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5834 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5835 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5836 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5837 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5838 (2000-12-24).
5839
5840 @node Memory Management
5841 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5842 @cindex memory exhaustion
5843 @cindex memory management
5844 @cindex stack overflow
5845 @cindex parser stack overflow
5846 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5847
5848 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5849 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5850 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5851
5852 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5853 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5854 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5855
5856 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5857 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5858 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5859 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5860 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5861
5862 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5863 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5864 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5865 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5866 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5867 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5868
5869 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5870 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5871 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5872 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5873
5874 @cindex default stack limit
5875 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5876 10000.
5877
5878 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5879 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5880 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5881 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5882 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5883 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5884
5885 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5886
5887 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5888 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5889 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5890 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5891 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5892 this deficiency in a future release.
5893
5894 @node Error Recovery
5895 @chapter Error Recovery
5896 @cindex error recovery
5897 @cindex recovery from errors
5898
5899 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5900 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5901 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5902 another expression.
5903
5904 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5905 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5906 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5907 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5908 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5909 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5910 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5911
5912 @findex error
5913 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5914 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5915 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5916 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5917 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5918 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5919
5920 For example:
5921
5922 @example
5923 stmnts: /* empty string */
5924 | stmnts '\n'
5925 | stmnts exp '\n'
5926 | stmnts error '\n'
5927 @end example
5928
5929 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5930 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5931
5932 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5933 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5934 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5935 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5936 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5937 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5938 applicable in the ordinary way.
5939
5940 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5941 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5942 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5943 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5944 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5945 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5946 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5947 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5948 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5949 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5950 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5951 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5952
5953 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5954 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5955 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5956
5957 @example
5958 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5959 @end example
5960
5961 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5962 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5963 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5964 spurious error message:
5965
5966 @example
5967 primary: '(' expr ')'
5968 | '(' error ')'
5969 @dots{}
5970 ;
5971 @end example
5972
5973 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5974 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5975 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5976 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5977 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5978 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5979 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5980 @code{stmnt}.
5981
5982 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5983 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5984 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5985 error messages resume.
5986
5987 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5988 as any other rules can.
5989
5990 @findex yyerrok
5991 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5992 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5993 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5994 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5995
5996 @findex yyclearin
5997 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5998 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5999 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6000 action.
6001 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6002
6003 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6004 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6005 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6006 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
6007 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6008
6009 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6010 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
6011 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
6012 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
6013 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
6014
6015 @node Context Dependency
6016 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6017
6018 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6019 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6020 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6021 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6022 languages.
6023
6024 @menu
6025 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6026 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6027 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6028 error recovery rules must be written.
6029 @end menu
6030
6031 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6032 neither clean nor robust.)
6033
6034 @node Semantic Tokens
6035 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6036
6037 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6038 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6039
6040 @example
6041 foo (x);
6042 @end example
6043
6044 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6045 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6046 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6047
6048 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6049 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6050 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6051 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6052 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6053
6054 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6055 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6056 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6057 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6058 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6059 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6060 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6061
6062 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6063 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6064 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6065 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6066 earlier:
6067
6068 @example
6069 typedef int foo, bar;
6070 int baz (void)
6071 @{
6072 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6073 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6074 return foo (bar);
6075 @}
6076 @end example
6077
6078 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6079 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6080
6081 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6082 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6083 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6084 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6085 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6086
6087 @example
6088 initdcl:
6089 declarator maybeasm '='
6090 init
6091 | declarator maybeasm
6092 ;
6093
6094 notype_initdcl:
6095 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6096 init
6097 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6098 ;
6099 @end example
6100
6101 @noindent
6102 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6103 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6104 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6105
6106 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6107 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6108 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6109 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6110 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6111 the syntactic context.
6112
6113 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6114 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6115 @cindex lexical tie-in
6116
6117 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6118 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6119 parsed.
6120
6121 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6122 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6123 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6124 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6125 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6126
6127 @example
6128 @group
6129 %@{
6130 int hexflag;
6131 int yylex (void);
6132 void yyerror (char const *);
6133 %@}
6134 %%
6135 @dots{}
6136 @end group
6137 @group
6138 expr: IDENTIFIER
6139 | constant
6140 | HEX '('
6141 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6142 expr ')'
6143 @{ hexflag = 0;
6144 $$ = $4; @}
6145 | expr '+' expr
6146 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6147 @dots{}
6148 ;
6149 @end group
6150
6151 @group
6152 constant:
6153 INTEGER
6154 | STRING
6155 ;
6156 @end group
6157 @end example
6158
6159 @noindent
6160 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6161 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6162 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6163
6164 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6165 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6166 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6167
6168 @node Tie-in Recovery
6169 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6170
6171 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6172 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6173
6174 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6175 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6176 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6177 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6178
6179 @example
6180 stmt: expr ';'
6181 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6182 @dots{}
6183 error ';'
6184 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6185 ;
6186 @end example
6187
6188 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6189 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6190 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6191 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6192 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6193
6194 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6195
6196 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6197 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6198 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6199
6200 @example
6201 @group
6202 expr: @dots{}
6203 | '(' expr ')'
6204 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6205 | '(' error ')'
6206 @dots{}
6207 @end group
6208 @end example
6209
6210 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6211 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6212 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6213 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6214
6215 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6216 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6217 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6218 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6219 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6220 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6221 clear the flag.
6222
6223 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6224
6225 @node Debugging
6226 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6227
6228 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6229 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6230 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6231 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6232 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6233 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6234
6235 @menu
6236 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6237 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6238 @end menu
6239
6240 @node Understanding
6241 @section Understanding Your Parser
6242
6243 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6244 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6245 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6246 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6247 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6248 file).
6249
6250 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6251 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6252 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6253 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6254 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6255 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6256 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6257
6258 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6259
6260 @example
6261 %token NUM STR
6262 %left '+' '-'
6263 %left '*'
6264 %%
6265 exp: exp '+' exp
6266 | exp '-' exp
6267 | exp '*' exp
6268 | exp '/' exp
6269 | NUM
6270 ;
6271 useless: STR;
6272 %%
6273 @end example
6274
6275 @command{bison} reports:
6276
6277 @example
6278 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6279 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6280 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6281 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6282 @end example
6283
6284 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6285 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6286 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6287 interpretation is the same.
6288
6289 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6290 to precedence and/or associativity:
6291
6292 @example
6293 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6294 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6295 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6296 @exdent @dots{}
6297 @end example
6298
6299 @noindent
6300 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6301
6302 @example
6303 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6304 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6305 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6306 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6307 @end example
6308
6309 @noindent
6310 @cindex token, useless
6311 @cindex useless token
6312 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6313 @cindex useless nonterminal
6314 @cindex rule, useless
6315 @cindex useless rule
6316 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6317 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6318 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6319 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6320 below):
6321
6322 @example
6323 Useless nonterminals:
6324 useless
6325
6326 Terminals which are not used:
6327 STR
6328
6329 Useless rules:
6330 #6 useless: STR;
6331 @end example
6332
6333 @noindent
6334 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6335
6336 @example
6337 Grammar
6338
6339 Number, Line, Rule
6340 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6341 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6342 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6343 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6344 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6345 5 9 exp -> NUM
6346 @end example
6347
6348 @noindent
6349 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6350
6351 @example
6352 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6353
6354 $end (0) 0
6355 '*' (42) 3
6356 '+' (43) 1
6357 '-' (45) 2
6358 '/' (47) 4
6359 error (256)
6360 NUM (258) 5
6361
6362 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6363
6364 $accept (8)
6365 on left: 0
6366 exp (9)
6367 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6368 @end example
6369
6370 @noindent
6371 @cindex item
6372 @cindex pointed rule
6373 @cindex rule, pointed
6374 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6375 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6376 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6377 that the input cursor.
6378
6379 @example
6380 state 0
6381
6382 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6383
6384 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6385
6386 exp go to state 2
6387 @end example
6388
6389 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6390 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6391 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6392 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6393 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6394 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6395 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6396 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6397
6398 @cindex core, item set
6399 @cindex item set core
6400 @cindex kernel, item set
6401 @cindex item set core
6402 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6403 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6404 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6405 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6406 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6407 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6408 be derived:
6409
6410 @example
6411 state 0
6412
6413 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6414 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6415 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6416 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6417 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6418 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6419
6420 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6421
6422 exp go to state 2
6423 @end example
6424
6425 @noindent
6426 In the state 1...
6427
6428 @example
6429 state 1
6430
6431 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6432
6433 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6434 @end example
6435
6436 @noindent
6437 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6438 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6439 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6440 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6441
6442 @example
6443 state 2
6444
6445 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6446 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6447 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6448 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6449 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6450
6451 $ shift, and go to state 3
6452 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6453 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6454 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6455 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6456 @end example
6457
6458 @noindent
6459 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6460 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6461 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6462 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6463 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6464 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6465
6466 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6467 state}:
6468
6469 @example
6470 state 3
6471
6472 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6473
6474 $default accept
6475 @end example
6476
6477 @noindent
6478 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6479 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6480
6481 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6482 the reader.
6483
6484 @example
6485 state 4
6486
6487 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6488
6489 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6490
6491 exp go to state 8
6492
6493 state 5
6494
6495 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6496
6497 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6498
6499 exp go to state 9
6500
6501 state 6
6502
6503 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6504
6505 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6506
6507 exp go to state 10
6508
6509 state 7
6510
6511 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6512
6513 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6514
6515 exp go to state 11
6516 @end example
6517
6518 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6519 1 shift/reduce}:
6520
6521 @example
6522 state 8
6523
6524 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6525 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6526 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6527 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6528 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6529
6530 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6531 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6532
6533 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6534 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6535 @end example
6536
6537 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6538 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6539 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6540 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6541 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6542 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6543 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6544 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6545
6546 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6547 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6548 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6549 square brackets.
6550
6551 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6552 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6553 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6554 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6555 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6556 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6557 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6558 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6559 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6560 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6561 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6562 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6563
6564 @example
6565 state 8
6566
6567 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6568 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6569 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6570 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6571 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6572
6573 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6574 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6575
6576 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6577 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6578 @end example
6579
6580 The remaining states are similar:
6581
6582 @example
6583 state 9
6584
6585 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6586 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6587 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6588 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6589 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6590
6591 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6592 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6593
6594 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6595 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6596
6597 state 10
6598
6599 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6600 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6601 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6602 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6603 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6604
6605 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6606
6607 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6608 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6609
6610 state 11
6611
6612 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6613 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6614 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6615 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6616 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6617
6618 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6619 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6620 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6621 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6622
6623 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6624 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6625 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6626 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6627 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6628 @end example
6629
6630 @noindent
6631 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6632 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6633 @samp{*}, but also because the
6634 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6635
6636
6637 @node Tracing
6638 @section Tracing Your Parser
6639 @findex yydebug
6640 @cindex debugging
6641 @cindex tracing the parser
6642
6643 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6644 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6645
6646 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6647
6648 @table @asis
6649 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6650 @findex YYDEBUG
6651 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6652 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6653 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6654 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6655 Prologue}).
6656
6657 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6658 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6659 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6660
6661 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6662 @findex %debug
6663 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6664 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6665 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6666 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6667 you, this is
6668 the preferred solution.
6669 @end table
6670
6671 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6672 always possible.
6673
6674 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6675 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6676 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6677 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6678 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6679 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6680
6681 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6682 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6683 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6684 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6685
6686 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6687 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6688 messages tell you these things:
6689
6690 @itemize @bullet
6691 @item
6692 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6693
6694 @item
6695 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6696 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6697
6698 @item
6699 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6700 of the state stack afterward.
6701 @end itemize
6702
6703 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6704 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6705 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6706 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6707 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6708 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6709 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6710 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6711 grammar are to blame.
6712
6713 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6714 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6715 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6716 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6717 the grammar it is working.
6718
6719 @findex YYPRINT
6720 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6721 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6722 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6723 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6724 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6725 value (from @code{yylval}).
6726
6727 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6728 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6729
6730 @smallexample
6731 %@{
6732 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6733 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6734 %@}
6735
6736 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6737
6738 static void
6739 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6740 @{
6741 if (type == VAR)
6742 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6743 else if (type == NUM)
6744 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6745 @}
6746 @end smallexample
6747
6748 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6749
6750 @node Invocation
6751 @chapter Invoking Bison
6752 @cindex invoking Bison
6753 @cindex Bison invocation
6754 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6755
6756 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6757
6758 @example
6759 bison @var{infile}
6760 @end example
6761
6762 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6763 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6764 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6765 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6766 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6767 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6768 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6769 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6770 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6771 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6772 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6773 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6774
6775 For example :
6776
6777 @example
6778 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6779 @end example
6780 @noindent
6781 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6782
6783 @example
6784 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6785 @end example
6786 @noindent
6787 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6788
6789 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6790 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6791 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6792
6793 @menu
6794 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6795 in alphabetical order by short options.
6796 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6797 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6798 @end menu
6799
6800 @node Bison Options
6801 @section Bison Options
6802
6803 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6804 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6805 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6806 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6807 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6808 @samp{=}.
6809
6810 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6811 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6812 option.
6813
6814 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6815 @noindent
6816 Operations modes:
6817 @table @option
6818 @item -h
6819 @itemx --help
6820 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6821
6822 @item -V
6823 @itemx --version
6824 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6825
6826 @item --print-localedir
6827 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6828
6829 @item -y
6830 @itemx --yacc
6831 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6832 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6833 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6834 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6835 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6836 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6837 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6838 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6839
6840 @example
6841 #! /bin/sh
6842 bison -y "$@@"
6843 @end example
6844
6845 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6846 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6847 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6848 this option is specified.
6849
6850 @end table
6851
6852 @noindent
6853 Tuning the parser:
6854
6855 @table @option
6856 @item -S @var{file}
6857 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6858 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6859 you are developing Bison.
6860
6861 @item -t
6862 @itemx --debug
6863 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6864 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6865 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6866
6867 @item --locations
6868 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6869
6870 @item -p @var{prefix}
6871 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6872 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6873 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6874
6875 @item -l
6876 @itemx --no-lines
6877 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6878 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6879 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6880 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6881 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6882
6883 @item -n
6884 @itemx --no-parser
6885 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6886
6887 @item -k
6888 @itemx --token-table
6889 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6890 @end table
6891
6892 @noindent
6893 Adjust the output:
6894
6895 @table @option
6896 @item -d
6897 @itemx --defines
6898 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6899 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6900 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6901
6902 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6903 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6904
6905 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6906 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6907 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6908 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6909
6910 @item -r @var{things}
6911 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6912 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6913 separated list of @var{things} among:
6914
6915 @table @code
6916 @item state
6917 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6918 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6919
6920 @item look-ahead
6921 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6922 each rule's look-ahead set.
6923
6924 @item itemset
6925 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6926 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6927 @end table
6928
6929 @item -v
6930 @itemx --verbose
6931 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6932 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6933 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6934
6935 @item -o @var{file}
6936 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6937 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6938
6939 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6940 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6941
6942 @item -g
6943 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6944 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6945 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6946 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6947
6948 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6949 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6950 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6951 the output graph file.
6952 @end table
6953
6954 @node Option Cross Key
6955 @section Option Cross Key
6956
6957 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6958 the corresponding short option.
6959
6960 @tex
6961 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6962
6963 {\tt
6964 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6965 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6966 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6967 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6968 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6969 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6970 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6971 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6972 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6973 \line{ --print-localedir}
6974 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6975 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6976 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6977 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6978 }
6979 @end tex
6980
6981 @ifinfo
6982 @example
6983 --debug -t
6984 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6985 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6986 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6987 --help -h
6988 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6989 --no-lines -l
6990 --no-parser -n
6991 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6992 --print-localedir
6993 --token-table -k
6994 --verbose -v
6995 --version -V
6996 --yacc -y
6997 @end example
6998 @end ifinfo
6999
7000 @node Yacc Library
7001 @section Yacc Library
7002
7003 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7004 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7005 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7006 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7007 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7008 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7009 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7010
7011 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7012 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7013
7014 @example
7015 int yyerror (char const *);
7016 @end example
7017
7018 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7019 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7020 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7021
7022 @example
7023 int yyparse (void);
7024 @end example
7025
7026 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7027
7028 @node C++ Language Interface
7029 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7030
7031 @menu
7032 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7033 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7034 @end menu
7035
7036 @node C++ Parsers
7037 @section C++ Parsers
7038
7039 @menu
7040 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7041 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7042 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7043 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7044 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7045 @end menu
7046
7047 @node C++ Bison Interface
7048 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7049 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7050 @c - Always pure
7051 @c - initial action
7052
7053 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
7054 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
7055 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7056 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7057 files:
7058 @table @file
7059 @item position.hh
7060 @itemx location.hh
7061 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7062 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7063
7064 @item stack.hh
7065 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7066
7067 @item @var{file}.hh
7068 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7069 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7070 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7071 rules as with regular C parsers.
7072
7073 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7074 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7075 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7076 @samp{%defines} directive.
7077 @end table
7078
7079 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7080 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7081
7082 @node C++ Semantic Values
7083 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7084 @c - No objects in unions
7085 @c - YSTYPE
7086 @c - Printer and destructor
7087
7088 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7089 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7090 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7091 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7092 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7093 @itemize @minus
7094 @item
7095 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7096 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7097 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7098 @item
7099 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7100 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7101 to such objects are allowed.
7102 @end itemize
7103
7104 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7105 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7106 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7107 Symbols}.
7108
7109
7110 @node C++ Location Values
7111 @subsection C++ Location Values
7112 @c - %locations
7113 @c - class Position
7114 @c - class Location
7115 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7116
7117 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7118 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7119 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7120 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7121 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7122
7123 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7124 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7125 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7126 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7127 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7128 @end deftypemethod
7129
7130 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7131 The line, starting at 1.
7132 @end deftypemethod
7133
7134 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7135 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7136 @end deftypemethod
7137
7138 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7139 The column, starting at 0.
7140 @end deftypemethod
7141
7142 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7143 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7144 @end deftypemethod
7145
7146 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7147 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7148 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7149 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7150 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7151 @end deftypemethod
7152
7153 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7154 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7155 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7156 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7157 @end deftypemethod
7158
7159 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7160 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7161 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7162 @end deftypemethod
7163
7164 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7165 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7166 Advance the @code{end} position.
7167 @end deftypemethod
7168
7169 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7170 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7171 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7172 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7173 @end deftypemethod
7174
7175 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7176 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7177 @end deftypemethod
7178
7179
7180 @node C++ Parser Interface
7181 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7182 @c - define parser_class_name
7183 @c - Ctor
7184 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7185 @c debug_stream.
7186 @c - Reporting errors
7187
7188 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7189 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7190 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7191 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7192 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7193 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7194 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7195 additional argument for its constructor.
7196
7197 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7198 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7199 The types for semantics value and locations.
7200 @end defcv
7201
7202 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7203 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7204 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7205 @end deftypemethod
7206
7207 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7208 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7209 @end deftypemethod
7210
7211 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7212 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7213 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7214 @code{std::cerr}.
7215 @end deftypemethod
7216
7217 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7218 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7219 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7220 or nonzero, full tracing.
7221 @end deftypemethod
7222
7223 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7224 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7225 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7226 described by @var{m}.
7227 @end deftypemethod
7228
7229
7230 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7231 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7232 @c - prefix for yylex.
7233 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7234 @c - %lex-param
7235
7236 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7237 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7238 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7239
7240 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7241 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7242 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7243 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7244 @end deftypemethod
7245
7246
7247 @node A Complete C++ Example
7248 @section A Complete C++ Example
7249
7250 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7251 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7252 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7253 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7254 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7255 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7256 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7257 actually easier to interface with.
7258
7259 @menu
7260 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7261 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7262 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7263 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7264 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7265 @end menu
7266
7267 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7268 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7269
7270 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7271 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7272 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7273 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7274 of valid input follows.
7275
7276 @example
7277 three := 3
7278 seven := one + two * three
7279 seven * seven
7280 @end example
7281
7282 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7283 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7284 @c - An env
7285 @c - A place to store error messages
7286 @c - A place for the result
7287
7288 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7289 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7290 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7291 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7292 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7293 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7294 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7295
7296 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7297 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7298 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7299 class.
7300
7301 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7302 @example
7303 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7304 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7305 # include <string>
7306 # include <map>
7307 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7308 @end example
7309
7310
7311 @noindent
7312 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7313 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7314 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7315 factor both as follows.
7316
7317 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7318 @example
7319 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7320 # define YY_DECL \
7321 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7322 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7323 calcxx_driver& driver)
7324 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7325 YY_DECL;
7326 @end example
7327
7328 @noindent
7329 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7330 members.
7331
7332 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7333 @example
7334 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7335 class calcxx_driver
7336 @{
7337 public:
7338 calcxx_driver ();
7339 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7340
7341 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7342
7343 int result;
7344 @end example
7345
7346 @noindent
7347 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7348 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7349 members.
7350
7351 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7352 @example
7353 // Handling the scanner.
7354 void scan_begin ();
7355 void scan_end ();
7356 bool trace_scanning;
7357 @end example
7358
7359 @noindent
7360 Similarly for the parser itself.
7361
7362 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7363 @example
7364 // Handling the parser.
7365 void parse (const std::string& f);
7366 std::string file;
7367 bool trace_parsing;
7368 @end example
7369
7370 @noindent
7371 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7372 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7373 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7374 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7375
7376 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7377 @example
7378 // Error handling.
7379 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7380 void error (const std::string& m);
7381 @};
7382 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7383 @end example
7384
7385 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7386 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7387 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7388 messages and set error state.
7389
7390 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7391 @example
7392 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7393 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7394
7395 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7396 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7397 @{
7398 variables["one"] = 1;
7399 variables["two"] = 2;
7400 @}
7401
7402 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7403 @{
7404 @}
7405
7406 void
7407 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7408 @{
7409 file = f;
7410 scan_begin ();
7411 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7412 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7413 parser.parse ();
7414 scan_end ();
7415 @}
7416
7417 void
7418 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7419 @{
7420 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7421 @}
7422
7423 void
7424 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7425 @{
7426 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7427 @}
7428 @end example
7429
7430 @node Calc++ Parser
7431 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7432
7433 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7434 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7435 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7436 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7437 the grammar for.
7438
7439 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7440 @example
7441 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7442 %require "2.1a"
7443 %defines
7444 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7445 @end example
7446
7447 @noindent
7448 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7449 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7450 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7451 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7452 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7453 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7454
7455 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7456 @example
7457 %@{
7458 # include <string>
7459 class calcxx_driver;
7460 %@}
7461 @end example
7462
7463 @noindent
7464 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7465 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7466 global variables.
7467
7468 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7469 @example
7470 // The parsing context.
7471 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7472 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7473 @end example
7474
7475 @noindent
7476 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7477 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7478 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7479 automatically propagated.
7480
7481 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7482 @example
7483 %locations
7484 %initial-action
7485 @{
7486 // Initialize the initial location.
7487 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7488 @};
7489 @end example
7490
7491 @noindent
7492 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7493 error messages.
7494
7495 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7496 @example
7497 %debug
7498 %error-verbose
7499 @end example
7500
7501 @noindent
7502 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7503 them.
7504
7505 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7506 @example
7507 // Symbols.
7508 %union
7509 @{
7510 int ival;
7511 std::string *sval;
7512 @};
7513 @end example
7514
7515 @noindent
7516 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7517 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7518 knowledge about the driver.
7519
7520 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7521 @example
7522 %@{
7523 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7524 %@}
7525 @end example
7526
7527
7528 @noindent
7529 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7530 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7531 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7532 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7533 avoid name clashes.
7534
7535 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7536 @example
7537 %token END 0 "end of file"
7538 %token ASSIGN ":="
7539 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7540 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7541 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7542 @end example
7543
7544 @noindent
7545 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7546 @code{%destructor}.
7547
7548 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7549 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7550 @example
7551 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7552 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7553
7554 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7555 @end example
7556
7557 @noindent
7558 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7559
7560 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7561 @example
7562 %%
7563 %start unit;
7564 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7565
7566 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7567 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7568
7569 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7570
7571 %left '+' '-';
7572 %left '*' '/';
7573 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7574 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7575 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7576 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7577 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7578 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7579 %%
7580 @end example
7581
7582 @noindent
7583 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7584 driver.
7585
7586 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7587 @example
7588 void
7589 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7590 const std::string& m)
7591 @{
7592 driver.error (l, m);
7593 @}
7594 @end example
7595
7596 @node Calc++ Scanner
7597 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7598
7599 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7600 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7601
7602 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7603 @example
7604 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7605 # include <cstdlib>
7606 # include <errno.h>
7607 # include <limits.h>
7608 # include <string>
7609 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7610 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7611 /* Work around a bug in flex 2.5.31. See Debian bug 333231
7612 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7613 # undef yywrap
7614 # define yywrap() 1
7615 %@}
7616 @end example
7617
7618 @noindent
7619 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7620 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7621 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7622 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7623
7624 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7625 @example
7626 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7627 @end example
7628
7629 @noindent
7630 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7631
7632 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7633 @example
7634 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7635 int [0-9]+
7636 blank [ \t]
7637 @end example
7638
7639 @noindent
7640 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7641 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7642 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7643 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7644 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7645 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7646 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7647
7648 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7649 @example
7650 %@{
7651 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7652 %@}
7653 %%
7654 %@{
7655 yylloc->step ();
7656 %@}
7657 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7658 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7659 @end example
7660
7661 @noindent
7662 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7663 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7664 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7665 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7666
7667 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7668 @example
7669 %@{
7670 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7671 %@}
7672
7673 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7674 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7675 @{int@} @{
7676 errno = 0;
7677 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7678 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7679 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7680 yylval->ival = n;
7681 return token::NUMBER;
7682 @}
7683 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7684 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7685 %%
7686 @end example
7687
7688 @noindent
7689 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7690 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7691
7692 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7693 @example
7694 void
7695 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7696 @{
7697 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7698 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7699 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7700 @}
7701
7702 void
7703 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7704 @{
7705 fclose (yyin);
7706 @}
7707 @end example
7708
7709 @node Calc++ Top Level
7710 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7711
7712 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7713
7714 @comment file: calc++.cc
7715 @example
7716 #include <iostream>
7717 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7718
7719 int
7720 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7721 @{
7722 calcxx_driver driver;
7723 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7724 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7725 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7726 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7727 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7728 else
7729 @{
7730 driver.parse (*argv);
7731 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7732 @}
7733 @}
7734 @end example
7735
7736 @c ================================================= FAQ
7737
7738 @node FAQ
7739 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7740 @cindex frequently asked questions
7741 @cindex questions
7742
7743 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7744 are addressed.
7745
7746 @menu
7747 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7748 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7749 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7750 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7751 @end menu
7752
7753 @node Memory Exhausted
7754 @section Memory Exhausted
7755
7756 @display
7757 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7758 message. What can I do?
7759 @end display
7760
7761 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7762 ,Recursive Rules}.
7763
7764 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7765 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7766
7767 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7768 following typical questions:
7769
7770 @display
7771 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7772 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7773 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7774 @end display
7775
7776 @noindent
7777 or
7778
7779 @display
7780 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7781 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7782 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7783 @end display
7784
7785 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7786 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7787 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7788 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7789 @file{first-line.l}:
7790
7791 @verbatim
7792 %{
7793 #include <stdio.h>
7794 #include <stdlib.h>
7795 %}
7796 %%
7797 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7798 %%
7799 int
7800 yyparse (char const *file)
7801 {
7802 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7803 if (!yyin)
7804 exit (2);
7805 /* One token only. */
7806 yylex ();
7807 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7808 exit (3);
7809 return 0;
7810 }
7811
7812 int
7813 main (void)
7814 {
7815 yyparse ("input");
7816 yyparse ("input");
7817 return 0;
7818 }
7819 @end verbatim
7820
7821 @noindent
7822 If the file @file{input} contains
7823
7824 @verbatim
7825 input:1: Hello,
7826 input:2: World!
7827 @end verbatim
7828
7829 @noindent
7830 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7831
7832 @example
7833 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7834 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7835 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7836 input:1: Hello,
7837 input:2: World!
7838 @end example
7839
7840 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7841 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7842 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7843 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7844 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7845 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7846 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7847 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7848 input buffers.
7849
7850 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7851 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7852 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7853 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7854
7855 @node Strings are Destroyed
7856 @section Strings are Destroyed
7857
7858 @display
7859 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7860 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7861 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7862 @end display
7863
7864 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7865 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7866 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7867
7868 @verbatim
7869 %{
7870 #include <stdio.h>
7871 char *yylval = NULL;
7872 %}
7873 %%
7874 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7875 \n /* IGNORE */
7876 %%
7877 int
7878 main ()
7879 {
7880 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7881 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7882 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7883 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7884 return 0;
7885 }
7886 @end verbatim
7887
7888 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7889
7890 @example
7891 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7892 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7893 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7894 "one
7895 two", "two"
7896 @end example
7897
7898 @noindent
7899 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7900 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7901 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7902 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7903 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7904 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7905
7906 @example
7907 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7908 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7909 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7910 "two", "two"
7911 @end example
7912
7913
7914 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7915 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7916
7917 @display
7918 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7919 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7920 @end display
7921
7922 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7923 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7924 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7925 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7926 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7927 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7928 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7929
7930 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7931 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7932 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7933 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7934 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7935 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7936 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7937 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7938 compiler.
7939
7940 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7941 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7942
7943
7944
7945 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7946
7947 @node Table of Symbols
7948 @appendix Bison Symbols
7949 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7950 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7951
7952 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7953 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7954 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7955 @end deffn
7956
7957 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7958 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7959 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7960 @end deffn
7961
7962 @deffn {Variable} $$
7963 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7964 @xref{Actions}.
7965 @end deffn
7966
7967 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7968 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7969 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7973 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7974 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7975 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7976 @end deffn
7977
7978 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7979 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7980 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7981 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7982 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7983 Grammar}.
7984 @end deffn
7985
7986 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7987 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7988 @end deffn
7989
7990 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7991 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7992 Grammar Rules}.
7993 @end deffn
7994
7995 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7996 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7997 @end deffn
7998
7999 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8000 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8001 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8002 @end deffn
8003
8004 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8005 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8006 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8007 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8008 @end deffn
8009
8010 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8011 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8012 @end deffn
8013
8014 @ifset defaultprec
8015 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8016 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8017 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8018 Precedence}.
8019 @end deffn
8020 @end ifset
8021
8022 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8023 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8024 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8025 @end deffn
8026
8027 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8028 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8029 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8030 @end deffn
8031
8032 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8033 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8034 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8035 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8036 @end deffn
8037
8038 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8039 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8040 used in the grammar.
8041 @end deffn
8042
8043 @deffn {Symbol} error
8044 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8045 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8046 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8047 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8048 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8049 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8050 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8051 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8052 @end deffn
8053
8054 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8055 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8056 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8057 @end deffn
8058
8059 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8060 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8061 Summary}.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8065 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8066 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8067 @end deffn
8068
8069 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8070 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8071 @end deffn
8072
8073 @deffn {Directive} %left
8074 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8075 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8076 @end deffn
8077
8078 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8079 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8080 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8081 for Pure Parsers}.
8082 @end deffn
8083
8084 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8085 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8086 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8087 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8088 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8089 @end deffn
8090
8091 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8092 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8093 @end deffn
8094
8095 @ifset defaultprec
8096 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8097 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8098 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8099 Precedence}.
8100 @end deffn
8101 @end ifset
8102
8103 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8104 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8105 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8106 @end deffn
8107
8108 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8109 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8110 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8111 @end deffn
8112
8113 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8114 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8115 Summary}.
8116 @end deffn
8117
8118 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8119 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8120 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8121 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8125 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8126 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8130 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8131 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8132 @end deffn
8133
8134 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8135 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8136 Require a Version of Bison}.
8137 @end deffn
8138
8139 @deffn {Directive} %right
8140 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8141 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8142 @end deffn
8143
8144 @deffn {Directive} %start
8145 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8146 Start-Symbol}.
8147 @end deffn
8148
8149 @deffn {Directive} %token
8150 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8151 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8152 @end deffn
8153
8154 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8155 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8156 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8157 @end deffn
8158
8159 @deffn {Directive} %type
8160 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8161 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8162 @end deffn
8163
8164 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8165 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8166 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8167 @code{error}.
8168 @end deffn
8169
8170 @deffn {Directive} %union
8171 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8172 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8173 @end deffn
8174
8175 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8176 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8177 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8178 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8179 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8180 @end deffn
8181
8182 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8183 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8184 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8185 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8186 @end deffn
8187
8188 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8189 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8190 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8191 @end deffn
8192
8193 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8194 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8195 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8196 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8197 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8198 @end deffn
8199
8200 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8201 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8202 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8203 @end deffn
8204
8205 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8206 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8207 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8208 @end deffn
8209
8210 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8211 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8212 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8213 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8214 @end deffn
8215
8216 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8217 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8218 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8219 @end deffn
8220
8221 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8222 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8223 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8224 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8225 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8226 @end deffn
8227
8228 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8229 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8230 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8231 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8232 @end deffn
8233
8234 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8235 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8236 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8237 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8238 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8239 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8240 @end deffn
8241
8242 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8243 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8244 @xref{Memory Management}.
8245 @end deffn
8246
8247 @deffn {Function} yylex
8248 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8249 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8250 @code{yylex}}.
8251 @end deffn
8252
8253 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8254 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8255 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8256 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8257 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8258 @end deffn
8259
8260 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8261 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8262 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8263 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8264 @code{yylex}.)
8265 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8266 grammar actions.
8267 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8268 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8269 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8270 @end deffn
8271
8272 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8273 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8274 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8275 @end deffn
8276
8277 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8278 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8279 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8280 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8281 @code{yylex}.)
8282 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8283 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8284 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8285 @end deffn
8286
8287 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8288 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8289 Management}.
8290 @end deffn
8291
8292 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8293 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8294 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8295 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8296 @end deffn
8297
8298 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8299 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8300 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8301 @end deffn
8302
8303 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8304 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8305 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8306 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8307 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8308 @end deffn
8309
8310 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8311 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8312 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8313 @end deffn
8314
8315 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8316 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8317 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8318 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8319 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8320 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8321 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8322
8323 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8324 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8325 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8326 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8327 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8328 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8329 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8330 @end deffn
8331
8332 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8333 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8334 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8335 @end deffn
8336
8337 @node Glossary
8338 @appendix Glossary
8339 @cindex glossary
8340
8341 @table @asis
8342 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8343 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8344 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8345 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8346 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8347
8348 @item Context-free grammars
8349 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8350 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8351 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8352 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8353 Grammars}.
8354
8355 @item Dynamic allocation
8356 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8357 compile time or on entry to a function.
8358
8359 @item Empty string
8360 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8361 character string of length zero.
8362
8363 @item Finite-state stack machine
8364 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8365 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8366 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8367 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8368 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8369 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8370
8371 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8372 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8373 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8374 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8375 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8376 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8377 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8378 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8379
8380 @item Grouping
8381 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8382 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8383 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8384
8385 @item Infix operator
8386 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8387 performs some operation.
8388
8389 @item Input stream
8390 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8391
8392 @item Language construct
8393 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8394 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8395 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8396
8397 @item Left associativity
8398 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8399 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8400 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8401
8402 @item Left recursion
8403 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8404 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8405 Rules}.
8406
8407 @item Left-to-right parsing
8408 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8409 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8410
8411 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8412 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8413 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8414
8415 @item Lexical tie-in
8416 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8417 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8418
8419 @item Literal string token
8420 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8421
8422 @item Look-ahead token
8423 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8424 Tokens}.
8425
8426 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8427 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8428 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8429 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8430
8431 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8432 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8433 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8434
8435 @item Nonterminal symbol
8436 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8437 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8438 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8439
8440 @item Parser
8441 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8442 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8443 analyzer.
8444
8445 @item Postfix operator
8446 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8447 performs some operation.
8448
8449 @item Reduction
8450 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8451 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8452 Parser Algorithm}.
8453
8454 @item Reentrant
8455 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8456 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8457 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8458
8459 @item Reverse polish notation
8460 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8461
8462 @item Right recursion
8463 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8464 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8465 Rules}.
8466
8467 @item Semantics
8468 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8469 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8470 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8471
8472 @item Shift
8473 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8474 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8475 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8476
8477 @item Single-character literal
8478 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8479 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8480
8481 @item Start symbol
8482 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8483 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8484 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8485 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8486
8487 @item Symbol table
8488 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8489 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8490 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8491
8492 @item Syntax error
8493 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8494 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8495
8496 @item Token
8497 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8498 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8499 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8500 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8501
8502 @item Terminal symbol
8503 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8504 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8505 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8506 @end table
8507
8508 @node Copying This Manual
8509 @appendix Copying This Manual
8510
8511 @menu
8512 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8513 @end menu
8514
8515 @include fdl.texi
8516
8517 @node Index
8518 @unnumbered Index
8519
8520 @printindex cp
8521
8522 @bye
8523
8524 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8525 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8526 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8527 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8528 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8529 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8530 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8531 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8532 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8533 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8534 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8535 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8536 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8537 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8538 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8539 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8540 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8541 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8542 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8543 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8544 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8545 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8546 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8547 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8548 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8549 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8550 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8551 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8552 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex